As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 2005


                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                          AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO FORM SB-2

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               (INITIAL STATEMENT)

                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


            NEVADA                         8000                   20-2008579
  (State or jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial    I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)

                               10/27 Mayneview St.
                                     Milton
                                    Australia
                                  61-7-33673355
                              Telefax 61-7-33673252
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

          3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481
                                  (702)866-2500
                              Telefax (702)866-2689
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)

                              Incorp Services, Inc.
          3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                          Copies of communications to:

                             Richard I. Anslow, Esq.
                              Anslow & Jaclin, LLP
                          195 Route 9 South, Suite 204
                           Manalapan, New Jersey 07726

Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed  sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


                                        1




If any of the securities  registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed
or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check
the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check
the following box. [ ]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


                                                          Proposed
                                                           maximum        Proposed
         Title of each                                    offering         maximum         Amount of
      class of securities                 Amount to       price per       aggregate       registration
        to be registered                be registered       share       offering price        fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
Common shares, par value $.001 (1)        3,000,000         $1.50         $4,500,000        $529.65
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (2)        2,000,000         $1.50         $3,000,000        $353.10
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (3)          420,000         $1.50         $  630,000        $ 74.15
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (4)          450,000         $1.50         $  675,000        $ 79.45
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (5)          914,000         $1.50         $1,371,000        $161.36

Total                                     6,784,000                      $10,176,000      $1,197.71
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     (1)  Represents  shares  being sold to the  public.  The price of $1.50 per
          share is being  estimated  solely for the purpose of  calculating  the
          registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act.

     (2)  Represents  the  resale  of the  shares of common  stock  issuable  in
          connection  with the conversion of options  originally  issued to Fort
          Street Equity,  Inc. Since issuance to Fort Street Equity, it has sold
          100,000 options to Ralston  Superannuation  Fund and 50,000 options to
          Bruce Gilling.  The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely
          for the purpose of calculating the  registration  fee pursuant to Rule
          457(c) of the Securities Act.

     (3)  Represents  Selling  Security  Holder shares being sold to the public.
          The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose
          of  calculating  the  registration  fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the
          Securities Act.
                                        2


     (4)  Represents  Selling  Security  Holder shares being sold to the public.
          The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose
          of  calculating  the  registration  fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the
          Securities Act.

     (5)  Represents Selling Security Holder shares of Fort Street Equity,  Inc.
          being  sold to the  public.  The  price  of $1.50  per  share is being
          estimated  solely for the purpose of calculating the  registration fee
          pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act.

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

The  information  in this  prospectus  is not complete  and may be changed.  The
selling  stockholders  may not sell these  securities  until  this  Registration
Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission is effective.  This
prospectus is not an offer to sell these  securities and it is not soliciting an
offer to buy  these  securities  in any  state  where  the  offer or sale is not
permitted.


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 29, 2005







                                        3


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
     RESALE OF 2,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE IN CONNECTION WITH
                      THE CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                 1,784,000 SELLING SECURITY HOLDER COMMON SHARES


Fit For Business  International,  Inc. is offering,  on a "best  efforts"  basis
3,000,000  shares of our common stock at $1.50 per share.  The initial  offering
period  will end twelve  (12)  months  from the date  listed in this  prospectus
unless  it  is   terminated   earlier.   This   Offering  is  being  made  on  a
self-underwritten,  no minimum  basis by us through our officers and  directors.
Since there is no selling commission,  all proceeds from the Offering will go to
us. In addition,  there are no arrangements to place any proceeds received in an
escrow,  trust or  similar  account.  There are no minimum  individual  purchase
requirements for this offering.

In addition,  our Selling  Security Holders are offering to sell up to 1,784,000
shares of our common stock,  and a further  2,000,000 resale of shares of common
stock issuable in connection with the conversion of outstanding options.

Our  shares of common  stock are not  listed on any stock  exchange. There is no
assurance  that our shares of common stock will be quoted on any stock  exchange
in the future.  The selling  stockholders  will sell their common stock at $1.50
per share until our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.
Thereafter,  the selling stockholders may sell their shares at prevailing market
prices or privately negotiated prices.


THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE, AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
AND SHOULD NOT BE PURCHASED BY ANYONE WHO CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE
INVESTMENT.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8, BEFORE INVESTING IN SUCH SECURITIES.

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission has approved or  disapproved  of these  securities or passed upon the
adequacy or accuracy of the prospectus.  Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell these  securities  until  this  Registration  Statement  filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission is declared  effective by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell these  securities
and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the
offer or sale is not permitted.


Until (insert date), all dealers that effect  transactions in these  securities,
whether or not  participating  in this  offering,  may be  required to deliver a
prospectus.  This  is in  addition  to the  dealers'  obligation  to  deliver  a
prospectus  when  acting  as  underwriters  and with  respect  to  their  unsold
allotments or subscriptions.


              Price to Public    Underwriting Commissions    Proceeds to Company
              ---------------    ------------------------    -------------------
Per Share     $1.50                        -0-                    $1.50
Total         $4,500,000                   -0-                    $4,500,000

                    The date of this prospectus is ____, 2005

                                        4


                                Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY............................................................6

RISK FACTORS..................................................................8

USE OF PROCEEDS..............................................................15

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE..............................................18

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.....................18

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION.........................................18

DIVIDENDS....................................................................19

PENNY STOCK CONSIDERATIONS...................................................19

COMMISSION'S POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES......19

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION....................19

BUSINESS - OUR COMPANY.......................................................33

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY......................................................53

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................................................53

MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS..................................53

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.......................................................56

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.......................................................58

DILUTION.....................................................................59

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.........................................................60

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.........................................................63

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...............................65

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES....................................................67

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
 FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE........................................................68

TRANSFER AGENT...............................................................68

EXPERTS......................................................................68

LEGAL MATTERS................................................................68

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................................F-1

SIGNATURES...................................................................74


                                       5



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
                                    About Us

We were  established on May 30, 2001, and incorporated in the State of Nevada on
July 31,  2001,  under the name Elli Tsab,  Inc.  We have  remained  essentially
inactive since incorporation. We changed our name to Patient Data Corporation on
April 15, 2004,  and we also  increased our  authorized  capital to  100,000,000
shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par
value of $.001 per share.

On September 14, 2004, we acquired  100% of the issued and  outstanding  capital
shares of Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("Subsidiary"), an Australian
company.  All shares of Fit For Business  (Australia)  Pty Limited were owned by
Mark A.  Poulsen  and Mark A.  Poulsen &  Associates  Pty.  Ltd.  Currently  our
operations are conducted through our Subsidiary which delivers wellness programs
to businesses in Australia.  One component of our program includes the provision
of nutritional and health supplements manufactured by Herbalife Ltd.

In  exchange  for all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of  Subsidiary,  we
issued an  aggregate of  15,000,000  of our common  shares and  1,000,000 of our
preferred shares to the stockholders of Subsidiary,  Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A.
Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
Pty.  Ltd.  subsequently  transferred  some of  their  common  shares  to  other
individuals and entities.

On January 13, 2005, we changed our name to Fit For Business International, Inc.
("FFBI") in order to better reflect our new business plan.

Our auditors have issued a going concern qualification in their opinion letter.

                              Where You Can Find Us

Our registered United States office is located at 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1,
Las Vegas,  Nevada,  89120-3481,  USA. Our telephone number is (702)866-2500 and
our facsimile number is (702)866-2689.  Fit for Business (Australia) Pty Limited
(our operations) is located at 10/27 Mayneview Street, Milton, Queensland,  4064
Australia.  Our  telephone  number in  Australia  is (011) 61 7 33673355 and our
facsimile number is (011) 61 7 33673252.

                            Securities Offered By Us

We are offering a maximum amount of 3,000,000 shares of common stock,  $.001 par
value,  at $1.50 per share.  Currently,  we have not established an underwriting
arrangement  for the sale of these shares.  All funds that are received by us in
the offering are  available  for immediate  use.  There is no minimum  number of
shares that must be sold before we can utilize the proceeds of the offering.

In addition,  there are no  arrangements  to place any  proceeds  received in an
escrow, trust or similar account. In addition,  our Selling Security Holders are
offering  to sell up to  1,784,000  shares of our  common  stock,  and a further
2,000,000  resale of shares of common  stock  issuable  in  connection  with the
conversion  of  outstanding  options.  We will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of any common shares by our selling security holders or our option holders.

                                       6





SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
                                                               As of June 30,            As of
                                                        --------------------------      March 31,
                                                            2004           2003           2005
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         (Audited)      (Audited)     (Unaudited)
                                                                             
Balance Sheet Items-
   Cash and cash equivalent                             $      137     $       54     $    5,569

   Total current assets                                 $   28,068     $    1,512     $  403,644

   Total assets                                         $   52,840     $    4,507     $  517,635

   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities             $  207,614     $  156,312     $  117,877

   Loans from related parties                           $   96,098     $  147,684     $   44,748

   Convertible promissory notes                         $  185,000     $     --       $     --

   Deferred revenues                                    $     --       $     --       $  470,027

   Total current liabilities (also total liabilities)   $  488,712     $  303,996     $  632,652

   Stockholders' (deficit)                              $ (435,872)    $ (299,489)    $ (115,017)





                                                                                     Nine Months Ended
                                                     Year Ended June 30,                  March 31,
                                                ----------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                    2004            2003            2005            2004
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                  (Audited)       (Audited)      (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)
                                                                                    
Statements of Operations and
 Comprehensive (loss) items-
   Revenues                                     $        203    $        363    $     40,501    $         95

   Cost of Goods Sold                                     87             242           2,286              82

   Gross Profit                                          116             121          38,215              13

   General and administrative expenses               122,220          24,297         338,519           3,877

   Other income (expense)                             (8,160)           --            (4,988)         (4,081)

   Net (loss)                                   $   (130,264)   $    (24,176)   $   (305,292)   $     (7,945)


  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted   $  (1,608.20)   $    (298.47)   $      (0.01)   $      (0.00)

   Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
     Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                      81              81      20,791,715      20,000,000



                                       7


                                  RISK FACTORS

All material risks have been disclosed in this section.

OUR  INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS  HAVE  ISSUED A NEGATIVE  REPORT  WHICH MAY CAUSE OUR
CESSATION,  HAVE INVESTORS  LOSE THEIR  INVESTMENT AND HURT OUR ABILITY TO RAISE
ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

The report of our independent  auditors on our financial statements for the year
ended June 30, 2004,  contains an explanatory  paragraph which indicates that we
have recurring losses from  operations,  and our working capital is insufficient
to meet our planned business objectives. The deficit accumulated as of March 31,
2005, was $(701,128). This report states that, because of these losses, there is
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  This report
and the existence of these  recurring  losses from  operations  may make it more
difficult for us to raise  additional debt or equity financing needed to run our
business,  and is not viewed  favorably by analysts or  investors.  Furthermore,
this may cause our  cessation of business  resulting  in investors  losing their
money.  We urge  potential  investors  to review  this  report  before  making a
decision to invest in us.

OUR OPERATIONS AND FUTURE GROWTH ARE HEAVILY DEPENDENT UPON OUR PRESIDENT,  MARK
A.  POULSEN,  OUR SENIOR VICE  PRESIDENT  OF SALES,  ANTHONY F. HEAD,  SANDRA L.
WENDT,  OUR VICE  PRESIDENT  OF  ADMINISTRATION,  CHIEF  FINANCIAL  OFFICER  AND
PRINCIPAL  ACCOUNTING OFFICER,  AND PRINS A. RALSTON,  OUR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
AND CHIEF OPERATING  OFFICER,  AND OTHER  MANAGEMENT  PERSONNEL.  IF WE LOSE THE
SERVICES OF THESE  EMPLOYEES WE WILL BE UNABLE TO DEVELOP OUR BUSINESS  WITH THE
SAME SPEED THAT WE HAVE ANTICIPATED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.  THIS COULD LEAD TO THE
REDUCTION  OF  PROJECTED  REVENUES  AND DELAY THE  IMPLEMENTATION  OF OUR GROWTH
STRATEGIES.

In the event that any of these executives are unable to carry out their services
due to illness, death, or if they decide to leave our employ, these events could
have a material adverse effect on our revenue  projections,  future success, and
ability to continue to implement our growth  strategies.  During our development
phase, these key officers formulate and execute the strategy being pursued by us
in our  operations.  We do not  carry  key  person  life  insurance  on any such
individual.  The following are the roles and responsibilities of our executives,
and if one of these executives was unable to perform their role we would need to
have another  executive  undertake their  essential  duties while we recruited a
replacement,  resulting in further expenses and delay in the  implementation  of
our growth strategies:

                                       8




- ------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------

Title                             Name                Role/Responsibility
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                              
President and Chief               Mark A. Poulsen     Chairman of the Board Fit for Business
Executive Officer                                     International Inc.;
                                                      Managing  Director Fit For
                                                      Business  (Australia)  Pty
                                                      Limited;    Provides   the
                                                      leadership  and  direction
                                                      for  strategy  and program
                                                      structure of the Company.
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Senior Vice President             Anthony F. Head     Leads & Develops Sales initiatives;
of Sales                                              Training of Sales and Customer Service
                                                      Staff; Manages key corporate relationships
                                                      and accounts; Preparation of Sales Budgets.
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Vice President of                 Sandra L. Wendt     Accounting Officer;
Administration, Chief                                 Manages Financial Function;
Financial Officer and                                 Oversees personnel & administration;
Principal Accounting Officer                          Preparation of Forecasts & Budgets.
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Senior Vice President &           Prins A. Ralston    Establishes and develops the Fit for
Chief Operating Officer                               Business personnel, structures, operating
                                                      processes, and systems in countries in
                                                      which the Company operates;
                                                      Leads and manages the personnel of the
                                                      Company;
                                                      Manages the financial affairs of the
                                                      Company;
                                                      Manages the legal and governance affairs
                                                      of the Company.
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------


WE  HAVE A  LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY  AND MAY  NOT BE  ABLE  TO  CONTINUE  TO
SUCCESSFULLY DEVELOP OUR BUSINESS PLAN OR ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY.

We are a development  stage company and have a limited  operating  history.  Our
success will depend largely upon our ability to implement our business plan. Our
ability  to  identify  customers  will be  crucial  to our  success.  Due to our
development stage, we do not have consistent cash flow.

                                       9



SINCE MARK A. POULSEN,  OUR PRESIDENT,  CHIEF EXECUTIVE  OFFICER,  AND DIRECTOR,
OWNS A COMPANY THAT RUNS A HERBALIFE  DISTRIBUTORSHIP THAT INCLUDES A NETWORK OF
DISTRIBUTORS THAT RESULTS IN THIS COMPANY RECEIVING  ADDITIONAL  COMMISSIONS AND
INCOME FROM  HERBALIFE,  MARK A.  POULSEN  COULD  INFLUENCE  THE SOURCING OF THE
NUTRITIONAL  PRODUCTS  REQUIRED FOR OUR PROGRAMS  FROM HIS  DISTRIBUTORS  TO THE
EXCLUSION OF OTHER DISTRIBUTORS, AND AS SUCH, A CONFLICT OF INTEREST CAN ARISE.

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd. is a company of which Mark A. Poulsen is
a Director, and through which he runs his Herbalife  distributorship.  Herbalife
runs a network marketing  system,  under which Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty.
Ltd. directly  receives 5% of income from Herbalife,  dependant on the volume of
the nutritional  products sold through  distributors  who have been sponsored by
Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.

Currently,  Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has distributors (21) that it
has  sponsored  under the  Herbalife  networking  system  that are  signed up as
independent FFBI account  executives (16) and customer  service  representatives
(5). As such,  Mark A. Poulsen should receive some  distribution of dividends or
income from Mark A. Poulsen &  Associates  Pty.  Ltd.  that have  resulted  from
commissions  paid to Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a
result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and
customers service representatives. This is a conflict of interest and may result
in his allegiance being swayed.

INVESTORS IN THIS OFFERING WILL SUFFER IMMEDIATE DILUTION OF THEIR INVESTMENT OF
$1.29 PER SHARE.

Investors in this offering are paying $1.50 per share.  If the maximum number of
shares of common stock offered in this Offering are sold,  our net tangible book
value per share will be $.21 per share.  This will result in immediate  dilution
in your investment of $1.29 per share.

SINCE WE DEPEND ON HERBALIFE LTD.  PRODUCTS AND WE HAVE NO WRITTEN AGREEMENT FOR
SUCH PRODUCT SUPPLY THROUGH THEIR INDEPENDENT DISTRIBUTOR, THIS RELATIONSHIP CAN
TERMINATE WITHOUT NOTICE AND CAUSE THE LOSS OF FUTURE REVENUES AND OPERATIONS.

Our  business  plan  relies  upon  Herbalife  to  supply  products  through  its
distributors  for our nutritional  programs.  We do not have a formal  agreement
with Herbalife or its distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, the Founder, President, and
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Subsidiary,  is  an  independent  distributor  of
Herbalife  products  through Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd. Each of our
account executives may also be an independent distributor of Herbalife products.
If Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. or any of our account executives  were
to lose their distributorship with Herbalife, or if any governmental regulations
were to negatively  impact Herbalife or its products,  our business revenues and
operations would be significantly reduced. In these circumstances, we would need
to find new  Herbalife  distributors  and,  or, a new  supplier  of  nutritional
products.

                                       10




AS THE  NUTRITIONAL  COMPONENT OF OUR PROGRAMS  INVOLVES THE COMPANY SELLING THE
NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS OBTAINED THROUGH EXISTING HERBALIFE DISTRIBUTORS, WE MAY BE
IMPACTED BY THE  NEGATIVE  CONNOTATIONS  ASSOCIATED  WITH THE NETWORK  MARKETING
UNDERTAKEN BY THESE DISTRIBUTORS WITH THE RESULTING LOSS OF CORPORATE  CUSTOMERS
AND SUBSEQUENT LOSS OF REVENUES.

Herbalife  distributes its  nutritional  product  utilizing a network  marketing
model.  This style of marketing has been previously and  incorrectly  associated
with the outlawed pyramid sales models.  Due to this incorrect  association,  we
may be negatively  impacted as potential corporate customers may be reluctant to
be associated with products obtained from network marketing based  distributors.
We clearly  remunerate  our  employed and  independent  account  executives  and
customer  service  representatives  only on the  basis  of  retail  sales of our
programs to our customers, and are not involved in any form of pyramid sales, as
follows:


- ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Type                      Salary                           Commission                  Bonuses
- ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
                                                                              
Employed Account          Negotiated dependent on          Negotiated dependent on     Negotiated dependant
Executives                qualifications and experience.   sales volumes.              on budget and key
                                                                                       performance indicators
                                                                                       being achieved.
- ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Employed Customer         Negotiated dependent on          NIL                         Negotiated dependant
Service                   qualifications and experience.                               on budget and key
Representatives                                                                        performance indicators
                                                                                       being achieved.
- ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Independent Account       NIL                              Sliding scale after a       NIL
Executives                                                 threshold of $100,000
- ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Independent Customer      NIL                              35% of the retail sale of   NIL
Service Representatives                                    the customers serviced.
- ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------



The impact of an incorrect  association  on a new customer may indicate  that we
will be  unable  to sell our  programs  to  them,  or if they  were an  existing
customer,  we may lose an existing contract with them. As such, there would be a
resultant decrease in revenues.

OUR BUSINESS  AND THE  HERBALIFE  NUTRITIONAL  PRODUCTS ARE SUBJECT TO EXTENSIVE
GOVERNMENT  REGULATION,  AND OUR FAILURE TO SECURE  GOVERNMENTAL  APPROVALS WILL
RESULT IN THE LOSS OF THE PRODUCT AND DECREASED REVENUES AND OPERATIONS.

Both the  business  and the  Herbalife  products,  at the core of the  nutrition
components of our programs,  are subject to extensive  government  regulation in
various jurisdictions.  For example, we may be subject to regulations pertaining
to: (1) program claims and advertising,  including direct claims and advertising
by us, as well as claims and  advertising by our account  executives or customer
service  representatives,  for  which  we  may  be  held  responsible;  (2)  our
distribution  system;  and (3)  transfer  pricing and similar  regulations  that
affect the level of taxable income and customs duties.

                                       11


For example,  in the United States, the formulation,  manufacturing,  packaging,
storing,  labeling,  promotion,  advertising,   distribution  and  sale  of  our
Herbalife  products  may be subject to  regulation  by one or more  governmental
agencies,  including  (1) the  Food  and Drug  Administration  ("FDA"),  (2) the
Federal Trade Commission  ("FTC"),  (3) the Consumer  Program Safety  Commission
("CPSC"),  (4) the United States  Department of  Agriculture  ("USDA"),  (5) the
Environmental  Protection  Agency  ("EPA")  and (6)  the  United  States  Postal
Service.  Our  activities  are  regulated  by various  agencies  of the  states,
localities and other  countries in which our programs are  distributed and sold.
The FDA, in particular,  regulates the formulation,  manufacture and labeling of
foods,  dietary  supplements and  over-the-counter  ("OTC") drugs, such as those
distributed by us. FDA regulations  require Herbalife suppliers to meet relevant
good manufacturing practice ("GMP") regulations for the preparation, packing and
storage of foods and OTC drugs.  GMP's for  dietary  supplements  have yet to be
promulgated  but are expected to be  proposed.  In some  jurisdictions,  we may,
prior to  commencing  operations,  be required to obtain  approval,  licenses or
certification  from  the  relevant  governmental  health  agency.  There  is  no
guarantee  that we will be able to secure the necessary  approvals in any of our
targeted markets for the Herbalife products, and we may have to substitute other
approved nutritional products in these markets.

SINCE OUR BUSINESS  OPERATIONS ARE PRESENTLY LOCATED IN AUSTRALIA AND SUBJECT TO
THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF AUSTRALIA,  YOU MAY NOT BE FAMILIAR WITH SUCH RULES
AND  REGULATIONS  AND MAY NOT HAVE THE  CAPABILITY TO MAKE AN INFORMED  DECISION
REGARDING YOUR INVESTMENT.

Our business  operations  are based in Australia.  Our products and services are
subject to the rules and  regulations  of Australia as are the operations of our
Subsidiary in Australia. The major areas of Australian Law most likely to impact
FFBI are as follows:

Food:

The Australia New Zealand Food  Standards  Code is adopted by all the Australian
States and Territories.  The Code prescribes labeling requirements for all food.
Certain  statements are prohibited and others are regulated and may only be used
in specific  circumstances.  For example, health and nutrition claims and claims
that a food is a food item for a specific dietary use are strictly regulated.

                                       12


Therapeutic goods:

Therapeutic  goods must be registered and can only be manufactured by a licensed
manufacturer,   and  must  also  be  included  on  the  Australian  Register  of
Therapeutic Goods as either listed or registered goods.  There are standards for
the manufacture,  composition, handling, labeling and advertising of such goods.
Therapeutic goods may be assessed for safety and efficacy and,  depending on the
level of risk and the claims made on the  product  distributors  of  therapeutic
goods,  must hold the  relevant  level of  evidence  to support  claims  made on
packaging and in advertising.

Australian Securities and Investments Commission:

The  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission  (ASIC) is the  single
regulator of Australian  registered and foreign companies.  The ASIC administers
the  Corporations Act (Cth),  the law regulating  incorporation,  operations and
management  of  companies.  The ASIC is  therefore  responsible  for  supporting
integrity and fairness in company affairs and in financial markets.

Australian Taxation Office (ATO):

The Australian  Taxation  Office,  under the  Commissioner  of Taxation,  is the
statutory authority  responsible for administering  Australia's federal taxation
system.  Australia's  income  tax  law  consists  primarily  of the  Income  Tax
Assessment  Act 1936  (Cth),  the Income Tax  Assessment  Act 1997 (Cth) and the
Taxation  Administration Act 1953 (Cth), as well as ATO administrative  taxation
rulings and court decisions.  Fringe benefits  provided to employees are subject
to a separate  regime under the Fringe  Benefits Tax  Assessment Act 1986 (Cth).
Australia's  goods and services  taxation  law  consists  primarily of A New Tax
System  (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth).  The current  income tax system
involves taxation of income and capital gains of individuals and businesses.

Actions in respect of defective services or products are likely to be based on:

o    the Australian  Federal Trade  Practices Act and comparable  legislation in
     the Australian State and Territory jurisdictions; and
o    the common law of contract; and
o    the common law of negligence.

If you are a United  States  investor,  you may not be  knowledgeable  about the
above rules and  regulations  in Australia.  This may lead to your  inability to
make an informed decision about an investment in us.

OUR BUSINESS  OPERATIONS ARE TRANSACTED IN THE AUSTRALIAN  DOLLAR AND SUBJECT TO
FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS WHICH CAN DECREASE THE VALUE OF OUR ASSETS.

We are an Australian based company.  Although the financial  information in this
document is presented in United States dollars,  we transact our business in the
Australian  dollar.  Any negative price fluctuations in the Australian dollar to
the United  States  dollar will have the effect of  decreasing  the value of our
assets and, in turn, decreasing the value of your investment.

SALES BY SELLING  SECURITY  HOLDERS BELOW THE $1.50 OFFERING PRICE MAY CAUSE OUR
STOCK  PRICE TO FALL AND  DECREASE  DEMAND  IN THE  PRIMARY  OFFERING  WHICH MAY
DECREASE THE VALUE OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

Our Selling Security Holders may offer their shares during our offering.  All of
our stock  owned by the  Selling  Security  Holders  will be  registered  by the
Registration  Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The Selling Security
Holders  may  sell  some or all of  their  shares  immediately  after  they  are
registered.  In the event that the Selling  Security Holders sell some or all of
their shares,  which could occur while we are still selling  shares  directly to
investors in this  offering,  trading prices for the shares could fall below the
offering  price of the shares and  result in the loss of part,  or all,  of your
investment.

YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO LIQUIDATE  YOUR  INVESTMENTS  SINCE THERE IS NO ASSURANCE
THAT A PUBLIC  MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR OUR COMMON STOCK OR THAT OUR COMMON STOCK
WILL EVER BE APPROVED  FOR TRADING ON A RECOGNIZED  STOCK  EXCHANGE OR QUOTATION
MEDIUM.

                                       13



There has been no trading market for our common stock and none is anticipated to
develop in the near  future.  We intend to apply for  quotation  on the Over the
Counter  Bulletin Board  concurrently  with the filing of this  offering.  It is
unlikely  that our  trading  market  will  develop in the near term,  or that if
developed,  it will be sustained. In the event the regular public trading market
does not develop,  any investment in our common stock would be highly  illiquid.
Accordingly,  an investor in our common stock may not be able to sell the shares
readily, if at all.


OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR CURRENTLY CONTROLS  APPROXIMATELY 61.9%
OF OUR ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING  SHARES AND,  THEREFORE,  CONTROLS ALL STOCKHOLDER
DECISIONS  RESULTING IN THE REMAINDER OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS HAVING NO CONTROL OVER
OUR CORPORATE ACTIONS.

Mark A. Poulsen, our Chief Executive Officer and Director, beneficially owns, in
the aggregate,  approximately 60.25% of our issued and outstanding common stock.
Mr. Poulsen also owns  1,000,000  shares of our preferred  stock,  which have 50
voting rights per share.  Therefore,  this  individual is in a position to exert
actual or effective  control over our business  and  operations,  including  the
election  of  all  of  our  directors  and  approval  of  significant  corporate
transactions.  The remainder of our  stockholders  will have no control over our
corporate actions.


INVESTORS  IN THIS  OFFERING  WILL BEAR THE MOST RISK OF LOSS  EVEN  THOUGH  OUR
PRESENT CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR WILL CONTROL US.

Our present  officers and  directors  own an aggregate of  14,155,000  shares or
67.82% of our total  issued  and  outstanding  shares of common  stock  (but not
including  up to  2,000,000  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of options) and
1,000,000   preferred  shares  before  the  registration  and  the  issuance  of
additional shares of common stock from this Offering.  This controlling interest
was acquired at a cost substantially below the offering price.  Further, some of
our Selling  Security Holders acquired their shares at a cost of $0.33 and $0.50
per share.  Accordingly,  purchasers  of the shares of common stock offered will
bear most of the risk of loss  although  our control will be  maintained  by the
existing stock owners by virtue of their percentage of stock ownership.

IT IS  IMPERATIVE  THAT WE  PROTECT  OUR  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  RIGHTS AND THE
FAILURE TO DO SO WILL HAVE A  NEGATIVE  IMPACT ON OUR  BUSINESS  DUE TO THE FACT
THAT A NEW COMPETITOR MAY GAIN ENTRY INTO THE MARKETPLACE RESULTING IN A LOSS OF
CUSTOMERS, REVENUE AND A SLOW GROWTH PLAN.

Our business  depends on intellectual and property laws to safeguard our assets.
Our intellectual  property consists of: (i) computer software and systems design
for our call center,  (ii)  trademark of Fit For Business,  (iii) website design
for management information systems (to be completed), (iv) design for multimedia
training  programs (in progress),  (v) marketing and promotional  literature and
materials  (ongoing),  (vi) account  executive and customer  service  resources,
customer  service  representatives,  compact  disc and training  manuals,  (vii)
television program pilots and script (initial pilot for thirteen week television
program  complete,  (viii) and  customer  and  prospects  list.  Our  success in
defending our intellectual  property assets and ensuring that we do not infringe
on the intellectual  property rights of others can be an expensive process,  and
have  a  significant  effect  on  our  business.  Our  failure  to  protect  our
intellectual  property assets, or the infringement on the rights of others could
have a negative material effect on us in that we could lose our market advantage
that we have over our existing  competitors,  or a new competitor may gain entry
into the market place as a result of obtaining our intellectual property. Due to
the  increased  competition  this would  create,  we would lose our advantage in
acquiring  and obtaining  customers  with the  subsequent  loss in revenue and a
slowing down in our growth plans.

We are introducing a new concept to our business plan that may not be successful
resulting  in  depletion  of our  resources.  Our  business  plan  calls for the
development of a new concept of corporate  wellness solutions in which we target
a specific market (i.e., industry, business, government and individuals 45 years
of age and older).  This is to be  introduced  in Australia  and other  markets.
There is no assurance  that we will be successful in  introducing  this concept.
The  introduction of this concept consists of the use of our cash reserves which
will be depleted if the introduction of this concept is not successful.

                                       14


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to us from this Offering,  after deducting  estimated  offering
expenses of $100,000, are estimated to be approximately  $4,400,000 assuming the
Maximum  Offering is sold.  We will not receive  any  proceeds  from the sale of
shares by the Selling Security Holders.  The following sets forth our use of net
proceeds  based on the maximum raise where we net  $4,400,000;  a raise where we
net $2,700,000;  a raise where we net $1,200,000; a raise where we net $700,000;
and, a raise where we net $350,000:

Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $4,400,000:

                                                  Approximate      Approximate
                                                     Dollar       Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                              Amount       Net Proceeds
- -----------------------                           -----------     -------------
Purchase of Computer Software and Systems         $   350,000          8.0%
Hardware for Call Center (1)
Website Design and Enhancement (2)                    260,000          5.9%

Production - Multi Media Training programs (3)        300,000          6.8%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand           300,000          6.8%
Campaign Costs (4)

International market development (5)                1,500,000         34.1%

Working Capital (6)
         Rent Expense            $   200,000
         Salaries                    975,000
         Professional Fees            45,000
         Admin Expenses               20,000
         Cash Flow Funding           450,000        1,690,000         38.4%
                                                  -----------        ------

Total..................                           $ 4,400,000        100.0%
                                                  ===========        ======

(1)  Further  development  of our web  based  management  system  including  the
     addition of a call center  module.  This item includes the provision of the
     required computing hardware to support the developed software.

(2)  Development  of a web  based  portal  that  will  include  the  ability  to
     undertake online e-commerce transactions.

(3)  Conversion  of the  current  paper based  training  manuals for our Account
     Executives  and  Customer  Service   Representatives   into  a  self  paced
     multi-media training kit.

(4)  To  secure  an  advertising  and brand  building  agency to assist  FFBI in
     ensuring that its brand building activities deliver measurable increases in
     sales.

(5)  Undertake the research of the potential  market,  modify the FFBI processes
     and systems for the market in question,  prepare promotional  documentation
     in the language of the market, and undertake  relationship  building visits
     to the countries.


(6)  Represents  amounts to be used for working  capital  and general  corporate
     purposes,  including rent expense, corporate overhead including salaries of
     management,  administration  and  ongoing  professional  fees.  The  amount
     allocated  to cash flow  funding  will be utilized on a needs basis to fund
     any  day  to  day  administrative   expenditures  such  as  direct  program
     consumables   (the   costs   of   inoculations,   pedometers,   nutritional
     supplements,  participant awards, and participant information packs) in the
     course of generating  revenues.  The Working  capital amount is required to
     fund  operations  ahead of  receiving  the  revenues  that  will  flow as a
     consequence of delivery of these services to customers.


                                       15




Prior to  revenues  from sales being fully able to fund  salaries  and  bonuses,
working capital will be used to fund the following salaries of management:

- -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Title                  Name                Salary                        Bonus                Term of contract
- -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
                                                                                 
President and          Mark A. Poulsen     $96,329 Fit For Business      Listing bonus         Employment
Chief Executive                            (Australia) Pty Limited;      $388,250              contract can be
Officer                                    $192,658 Fit For Business                           terminated on
                                           International, Inc.                                 four (4) months
                                                                                               notice.
- -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Senior Vice            Anthony F. Head     $77,063                       On meeting budget     Employment
President                                                                $11,086               contract can be
of Sales                                                                                       terminated on
                                                                                               four (4) months
                                                                                               notice.
- -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Vice President of      Sandra L. Wendt     $42,385                       On meeting budget     Employment
Administration,                                                          $3,695                contract can be
Chief Financial                                                                                terminated on
Officer, and                                                                                   four (4) months
Principal                                                                                      notice.
Accounting Officer
- -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Senior Vice            Prins A. Ralston    $131,007                      On meeting budget     Employment
President & Chief                                                        $14,782               contract can be
Operating Officer                                                                              terminated on
                                                                                               four (4) months
                                                                                               notice.
- -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------


Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $2,700,000:

                                                Approximate        Approximate
                                                  Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                           Amount          Net Proceeds
- -----------------------                           ------          ------------

Purchase of Computer Software and Systems      $   250,000             9.3%
Hardware for Call Center

Website Design and Enhancement                     160,000             6.0%

Production - Multi Media Training programs          90,000             3.3%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand        300,000            11.1%
Campaign Costs

International market development                 1,000,000            37.0%

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $110,000
           Salaries                 700,000
           Professional Fees         25,000
           Admin Expenses            15,000
           Cash Flow Funding         50,000        900,000            33.3%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $ 2,700,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======

For the specific  breakdown of each category,  see the footnotes above under the
category of Net Raise of $4,400,000.

                                       16


Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $1,200,000:

                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
- -----------------------                          ------           ------------

Purchase of Computer Software and Systems      $   150,000            12.5%
Hardware for Call Center

Website Design and Enhancement                      80,000             6.7%

Production - Multi Media Training programs          90,000             7.5%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand        180,000            15.0%
Campaign Costs

International market development                   210,000            17.5%

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 60,000
           Salaries                 400,000
           Professional Fees              0
           Admin Expenses                 0
           Cash Flow Funding         30,000        490,000            40.8%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $ 1,200,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======


Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $700,000*:


                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
- -----------------------                          ------           ------------

Website Design and Enhancement                  $   50,000             7.1%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand         50,000             7.1%
Campaign Costs

International market development                   110,000            15.8%

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 60,000
           Salaries                 400,000
           Professional Fees              0
           Admin Expenses                 0
           Cash Flow Funding         30,000        490,000            70.0%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $   700,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======


 Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $350,000*:

                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
- -----------------------                          ------           ------------

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 40,000
           Salaries                 250,000
           Cash Flow Funding         60,000    $   350,000           100.0%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $   350,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======
For the specific  breakdown of each category,  see the footnotes above under the
category of Net Raise of $4,400,000.

The foregoing represents our best estimate of our allocation of the net proceeds
based  upon  the  current  state  of our  business  development  and  management
estimates of current industry conditions.  We anticipate,  although there can be
no assurance,  that the net proceeds from an Offering  raising  $1,000,000  will
only allow us to sustain our  operations  for a period of  approximately  twelve
(12) months.  Upon completion of the Maximum Offering of $4,400,000,  we believe
we will have  sufficient  financing to operate our  business  for  approximately
eighteen (18) months.

                                       17




* If we raise  less than  $350,000,  then the  expenditures  enumerated  in this
example will be decreased in a proportionate manner, provided that salaries will
be  decreased  at a rate  twice  that of cash  flow  funding  and rent  expense.
Employment  positions  at  our  company  will  be  eliminated  as  necessary  to
correspond to such a decrease in net proceeds.

                         DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

The initial  public  offering  price of the shares of our common  stock has been
determined  arbitrarily by us and does not necessarily  bear any relationship to
our book value, assets, past operating results, financial condition or any other
established  criteria  of value.  Although  our common  stock is not listed on a
public  exchange,  we will be filing to obtain a quotation  on the OTC  Bulletin
Board  concurrently  with the filing of this  prospectus.  There is no assurance
that our shares of common  stock will be quoted on the OTC  Bulletin  Board.  In
addition,  however, there is no assurance that our common stock, once it becomes
publicly quoted or listed,  will trade at market prices in excess of the initial
public  offering price as prices for the common stock in any public market which
may  develop  will be  determined  by the market and may be  influenced  by many
factors,  including  the depth and liquidity of the market for the common stock,
investor perception of us, and general economic and market conditions.


            MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock is not currently traded on any recognized stock exchange. There
is no current public  trading market for our shares of common stock.  After this
Registration Statement becomes effective,  we intend to apply for a quotation on
the OTC Bulletin  Board.  There is no assurance  that our shares of common stock
will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.

As of July 29, 2005, based on our transfer agent records, we had 84 stockholders
holding an  aggregate of  20,870,000  shares of our common  stock.  In addition,
2,000,000 options convertible into 2,000,000 shares of our common stock are held
by Fort Street Equity, Inc., Ralston Superannuation Fund, and Bruce Gilling.


                      EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following  table sets forth certain  information  as of July 29, 2005,  with
respect to compensation  plans under which our equity  securities are authorized
for issuance:

                                   (a)                   (b)                     (c)

                           --------------------   --------------------   ------------------------
                                                                         Number of securities
                                                                         remaining available
                           Number of securities                          for future issuance
                           to be issued upon      Weighted-average       under equity
                           exercise of            exercise price of      compensation plans
                           outstanding options,   outstanding options,   (excluding securities
                           warrants and rights    warrants and rights    reflected in column (a))
                           --------------------   --------------------   ------------------------
                                                                
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders                None

Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders             None

     Total                      None



                                       18


                                    DIVIDENDS

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock. It is our present policy
to retain  earnings,  if any,  to  finance  the  development  and  growth of our
business.  Accordingly,  we do not  anticipate  that cash dividends will be paid
until our earnings and financial condition justify such dividends.  There can be
no assurance that we can achieve such earnings.


                           PENNY STOCK CONSIDERATIONS

Trading in our  securities is subject to the "penny  stock"  rules.  The SEC has
adopted  regulations  that  generally  define  a penny  stock  to be any  equity
security  that has a market  price of less than  $5.00  per  share,  subject  to
certain  exceptions.  These rules require that any  broker-dealer who recommends
our securities to persons other than prior  customers and accredited  investors,
must, prior to the sale, make a special written  suitability  determination  for
the  purchaser  and receive the  purchaser's  written  agreement  to execute the
transaction.  Unless an  exception is  available,  the  regulations  require the
delivery,  prior to any  transaction  involving a penny  stock,  of a disclosure
schedule explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated with trading
in the penny stock market. In addition, broker-dealers must disclose commissions
payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered  representative and current
quotations for the securities  they offer.  The additional  burdens imposed upon
broker-dealers by such requirements may discourage broker-dealers from effecting
transactions in our securities,  which could severely limit the market price and
liquidity  of our  securities.  Broker-dealers  who sell penny stocks to certain
types of  investors  are  required to comply with the  Commission's  regulations
concerning   the   transfer  of  penny   stocks.   These   regulations   require
broker-dealers to:

     o    Make a suitability determination prior to selling a penny stock to the
          purchaser;

     o    Receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction; and

     o    Provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser.

These requirements may restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common
stock and may affect your ability to resell our common stock.

    COMMISSION'S POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES


We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain  officers  against
certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities Act of 1933.
Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities Act of
1933  may be  permitted  to our  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons
pursuant to the provisions  described above, or otherwise,  we have been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933  and  is,  therefore,   unenforceable.  In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other than our payment of expenses
incurred  or  paid  by  our  director,  officer  or  controlling  person  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  we will,  unless in the  opinion of our counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities  Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.


            MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION

Forward-Looking Statements

The following  discussion and analysis  provides  information  which  management
believes  is  relevant  to an  assessment  and  understanding  of our results of
operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read in conjunction
with our financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing in this  prospectus.
The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, which
involve risks and  uncertainties.  Our actual  results may differ  significantly
from the results,  expectations  and plans  discussed  in these  forward-looking
statements.

                                       19


Overview

Fit For  Business  International,  Inc.  ("FFBI" or the  "Company")  is a Nevada
corporation  in the  development  stage having a mission to improve the wellness
and productivity of people in the workplace. FFBI provides products and services
for: (i) corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress
and absenteeism  issues; and (ii) living well programs directed  primarily,  but
not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age.


Fit For Business  (Australia)  Pty Limited  ("Subsidiary")  was  organized as an
Australian  private company on December 14, 1998, and subsequently began certain
marketing studies and corporate  awareness  programs to obtain customers for its
products and services. In October 2003, Subsidiary initiated a capital formation
activity through the private placement of certain  convertible  promissory notes
which provided, through September 14, 2004, proceeds of $365,000.  Subsequent to
the completion of the reverse merger between FFBI and Subsidiary,  the liability
associated  with the  convertible  promissory  notes was assumed by the Company.
Thereafter,  all of the  promissory  notes were  converted into shares of common
stock of FFBI.

In addition, in November 2003, Subsidiary commenced a capital formation activity
to effect a reverse  merger with a corporation  validly  organized in the United
States for the purpose of completing a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  and raising  capital from the
issuance  of common  stock in the  public  markets  of up to $4.5  million.  The
initial  capital  formation  activity  through a deemed  reverse  merger and the
issuance of common stock was unsuccessful.  Subsequently, Subsidiary completed a
reverse  merger with FFBI,  and FFBI is currently  undertaking a second  capital
formation activity of the same type.

Prior to September 14, 2004,  Subsidiary,  aside from the capital  formation and
marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating
costs and  expenses  related  to its  organization  as an  entity,  receipt of a
trademark in Australia for its name and related logo,  formation of a management
team,  accounting and tax preparation fees,  consulting fees,  travel, and other
general and administrative expenses.

On  September  14,  2004,  FFBI entered  into a Share  Exchange  Agreement  (the
"Exchange  Agreement") with Subsidiary,  whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued
and  outstanding  capital  stock of  Subsidiary  (81  shares)  in  exchange  for
15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the
Company.  Both the common stock and the preferred stock of FFBI have a par value
of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is
entitled  to fifty (50) votes in a general  meeting  of the  stockholders.  As a
result of the Exchange  Agreement,  the stockholders of Subsidiary control FFBI,
and  Subsidiary  has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial
reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement.  The reverse merger
has been recorded as a recapitalization  of the Company,  with the net assets of
FFBI and Subsidiary brought forward at their historical bases.

In the course of the activities  described  above,  we have sustained  operating
losses and expect such losses to continue in the foreseeable future. To date, we
have not  generated  sufficient  revenues to achieve  profitable  operations  or
positive  cash flow from  operations.  As of March  31,  2005,  we had a working
capital deficit of $229,008 and an accumulated deficit of $701,128.  There is no
assurance that profitable operations,  if ever achieved,  will be sustained on a
continuing basis.  During the nine-month period ended March 31, 2005, we derived
74% of our revenues from  recognizing  revenue as the result of our license sale
to LR Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., and the remainder from the sale of programs to
corporate and living well customers.

With our main  revenues  likely to be  generated  from the sale of our  wellness
programs to corporations and government departments, we will be concentrating on
sales  efforts with those  corporations  most likely to purchase  our  programs.
Market research will be conducted to identify those  corporations most likely to
purchase our programs following which the sales process can take anywhere from 3
to 12 months to complete.  Corporations  and  government  departments  class our
programs as mainly employee benefits programs. If economic  circumstances become
tight,  corporations  tend to reduce  their  expenditures  on employee  benefits
programs and this will have a detrimental impact on our revenues.

                                       20


Other trends that have a material effect on our revenues, plan of operations and
the  results of our  operations  include  our  market's  tendency to be aware of
health  issues and the desire of the majority of those in our market to maintain
or improve their  current  level of health and personal  well being.  Currently,
those in Australia and New Zealand are very much aware of the importance of good
health and physical  fitness.  Our products and services rely on this  awareness
and desire.  These trends result in part from government  education programs and
also from social pressures to look well and be physically active. While there is
no indication  that these trends will decline,  there is no assurance that these
trends will  continue  and if they were to cease or become less  prevalent,  our
results will be materially affected.


Critical Accounting Policies

     Our  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting
principles  generally  accepted in the United States ("US GAAP").  In connection
with the  preparation  of the  financial  statements,  we are  required  to make
assumptions and estimates  about future events,  and apply judgments that affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,  revenues, expenses and the related
disclosure.  We base our  assumptions,  estimates  and  judgments on  historical
experience,  current  trends and other  factors that  management  believes to be
relevant at the time the financial statements are prepared.  On a regular basis,
management reviews our accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments
to ensure that our financial  statements are presented  fairly and in accordance
with U.S.  GAAP.  However,  because  future events and their  effects  cannot be
determined with certainty,  actual results could differ from our assumptions and
estimates, and such differences could be material.

     Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the notes to
financial  statements,   "Significant  Accounting  Policies".  Certain  critical
policies are presented below.

Revenue Recognition

We are in the  development  stage and have yet to realize  significant  revenues
from planned operations.  We have derived revenues  principally from the sale of
literature and training  materials,  Herbalife  nutritional  products,  services
related to wellness programs, and from a license agreement for Australia and New
Zealand which entitles the licensee to recruit  representatives  for us, use our
logo and  software,  and market and  promote our  products  and  services.  Such
revenues are recognized in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
104, "Revenue  Recognition in Financial  Statements" ("SAB 104"). Under SAB 104,
revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable and earned.  We consider
revenue realized or realizable and earned when we have persuasive evidence of an
arrangement,  and that:  (i) the product has been shipped or the  services  have
been  provided to our customer;  (ii) the sales price is fixed or  determinable;
and (iii)  collectibility  is  reasonable  assured.  We also reduce  revenue for
estimated customer returns.  In addition to the  aforementioned  general policy,
the  following  are the  specific  revenue  recognition  policies for each major
category of revenue:

For sales of literature, training materials, and Herbalife nutritional products,
revenue is realized upon  shipment to the customer and there are no  unfulfilled
company elements related to a customer's order.

For  specific  wellness  program  services  and  contracts  pertaining  to  such
services, revenue is realized as services are provided.

For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to
various  countries and geographic  regions,  which entitle  licensees to recruit
representatives for the Company, the use of Company logos, software and training
materials,  and the rights to market and  promote the  services of the  Company.
Revenue from such  agreements is realized over the term and under the conditions
of each specific license.

Internal Web Site Development Costs

Under  Emerging  Issues  Taskforce  Statement  00-2,  Accounting  for  Web  Site
Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning
and operating stages of our web site are expensed as incurred.  Under EITF 00-2,
costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure development stages
are  capitalized  by us and  amortized to expense over the web site's  estimated
useful life or period of benefit.

                                       21


Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

Under  State of Position  98-1,  Accounting  for the Costs of Computer  Software
Developed  or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP  98-1"),  we  capitalize  external
direct  costs of  materials  and  services  consumed in  developing  or obtained
internal-use computer software;  payroll and payroll-related costs for employees
who are  directly  associated  with  and  who  devote  time to the  internal-use
computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans incurred for the
development of internal-use software.

Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed

Under  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 86,  Accounting for the
Costs of Computer  Software to be Sold,  Leased,  or Otherwise  Marketed  ("SFAS
86"), we capitalize  costs  associated with the development of certain  training
software products held for sale when  technological  feasibility is established.
Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are amortized over
the useful life of the products from the software release date.

Foreign Currency

The Company accounts for foreign currency  translation  pursuant to SFAS No. 52,
Foreign Currency  Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's  functional currency is
the Australian  dollar.  All assets and  liabilities  are translated into United
States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout  the period.  Translation  adjustments  are  included in  accumulated
comprehensive income (loss) for the period.  Certain transactions of the Company
are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to
such  transactions  are  recognized  for each  reporting  period in the  related
statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

As a result of such currency  fluctuations  and the  conversion to United States
dollars for financial reporting purposes, we may experience  fluctuations in our
operating results on an annual or quarterly basis going forward.  We have not in
the past, but may in the future,  hedge against  fluctuations in exchange rates.
Future  hedging  transactions  may not  successfully  mitigate  losses caused by
currency fluctuations.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax expense
provision.  In  the  ordinary  course  of a  global  business,  there  are  many
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain.  Some
of these uncertainties arise as a consequence of cost reimbursement arrangements
among related entities,  the process of identifying items of revenue and expense
that qualify for  preferential  tax  treatment  and  segregation  of foreign and
domestic income and expense to avoid double  taxation.  Although we believe that
our  estimates  are  reasonable,  the final tax outcome of these  matters may be
different  than those  presented in our  historical  income tax  provisions  and
accruals.  Such  differences  could  have a  material  effect on our  income tax
provision  and net income  (loss) in the period in which such  determination  is
made.

The Company  accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109,  Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109").  Under SFAS 109,  deferred tax assets and liabilities
are  determined  based on  temporary  differences  between  the bases of certain
assets and  liabilities  for income tax and financial  reporting  purposes.  The
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are classified  according to the financial
statement   classification   of  the  assets  and  liabilities   generating  the
differences.

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The  Company   establishes  a  valuation  allowance  based  upon  the  potential
likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the
Company's  financial  position and results of operations for the current period.
Future  realization  of the  deferred  tax benefit  depends on the  existence of
sufficient  taxable income within the carryforward  period under the Federal tax
laws.

Changes in circumstances,  such as the Company generating taxable income,  could
cause a change in judgment about the  realizability  of the related deferred tax
asset.  Any change in the valuation  allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

As of March 31,  2005,  the Company had net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for
income tax  reporting  purposes  of  approximately  $701,100  that may be offset
against future taxable income.  The net operating loss  carryforwards  expire in
the years  2021-2025.  Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be
offset  against  future  taxable  income when a substantial  change in ownership
occurs  or a  change  in the  nature  of the  business.  Therefore,  the  amount

                                       22


available to offset  future  taxable  income may be limited.  No tax benefit has
been  reported  in  the  financial   statements  for  the  realization  of  loss
carryforwards,  as the  Company  believes  there  is high  probability  that the
carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future.  Accordingly,  the
potential  tax  benefits  of the loss  carryforwards  are offset by a  valuation
allowance of the same amount.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2005,  COMPARED TO THE NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
MARCH 31, 2004.

Revenues

Total  revenues for the  nine-month  period  ended March 31,  2005,  amounted to
$40,501,  or a 42,533%  increase  over revenues of $95 for the same period ended
March 31, 2004. The increase in revenues was primarily due to the completion and
realization  of revenue from the first  license  agreement in Australia  and New
Zealand by Subsidiary with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. The amount of revenue
realized  amounted to $31,827.  The  remainder of the  increase in revenues,  or
$8,579,  resulted  from  revenues  from  wellness  programs,  and  the  sale  of
nutritional products.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold  increased  $2,204,  or 2,688%,  to $2,286 for the nine-month
period  ended March 31,  2005,  when  compared to $82 for the same period  ended
March 31,  2004.  The  increase  was due to  additional  sales of the  Company's
Herbalife nutritional products.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and  administrative  expenses for the nine-month  period ended March 31,
2005,  increased  by 8,631% to  $338,519,  when  compared to $3,877 for the same
period ended March 31, 2004. The increase was primarily attributed to additional
salaries,  compensation  and related  payroll tax  expenses  resulting  from the
addition  of  administrative  staff  and  the  impact  of  salaries  related  to
employment  agreements  with officers and  directors,  and  additional  expenses
related  to  advertising,  training,  travel,  telephone,  office  expense,  and
non-offering related  professional,  accounting and consulting fees. The Company
also realized $48,562 in foreign exchange expense  adjustments during the period
ended March 31, 2005, compared to realized foreign exchange gains of $31,295 for
the same period in 2004.

Other (Expense)

Other  (expense) for the nine-months  ended March 31, 2005,  amounted to $4,988,
compared to $4,081 for the same  period  ended  March 31,  2004.  For the period
ended March 31, 2005,  other (expense)  consisted of interest  expense of $6,202
related  to  accrued  interest  from  convertible  promissory  notes,  offset by
interest  income of $1,214.  For the same  period  ended March 31,  2004,  other
(expense)  consisted of interest  expense of $4,081 related to accrued  interest
from convertible promissory notes.

Net (Loss)

Net (loss) for the  nine-months  ended March 31, 2005,  amounted to  $(305,292),
compared to $(7,945) for the same period ended March 31,  2004.  The  additional
net (loss) of $(297,347) resulted primarily from the overall increase in general
and administrative expenses, described above, offset by the increase in revenues
for the period.

Net (Loss) Per Share

We incurred a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the  nine-month  period  ended
March 31,  2005,  compared  to a net (loss)  per share of  $(0.00)  for the same
period  ended March 31,  2004.  The  weighted  average  number of common  shares
outstanding  for the  nine-month  period ended March 31, 2005,  was  20,791,715,
compared to 20,000,000  shares for the same period in 2004. The weighted average
number of common shares  outstanding for the nine-month  periods ended March 31,
2005, and 2004, reflects the retroactive  restatement of shares outstanding from
the reverse merger between FFBI and Subsidiary effected on September 14, 2004.

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003.

Revenues

Total  revenues  for the year ended June 30,  2004,  amounted to $203,  or a 44%
decrease  from  revenues of $363 for the same period  ended June 30,  2003.  The
decrease  in  revenues  resulted  from  the  development  stage  nature  of  the
activities  of the Company  wherein only minor sales of  Herbalife  products and
service revenues were realized.

                                       23


Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold  decreased  $155,  or 64%, to $87 for the year ended June 30,
2004,  when compared to $242 for the same period June 30, 2003. The decrease was
due to the  development  stage nature of the  activities of the Company  wherein
only minor sales of Herbalife products were experienced.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative  expenses for the year ended June 30, 2004, increased
by 403% to $122,220, when compared to $24,297 for the same period ended June 30,
2003.  The  increase  was  primarily   attributed  to  additional   non-offering
accounting  and  consulting  fees of $9,360,  an  increase in travel and lodging
expenses of $1,812,  the  write-off  of deferred  offering  costs  related to an
unsuccessful  stock offering  amounting to $79,685,  an increase in depreciation
and  amortization  expenses  of  $302,  and an  increase  in other  general  and
administrative   expenses  of  $934.   The  increase  in  overall   general  and
administrative  expenses  for the period  was offset by a decrease  of $2,854 in
advertising  and promotion  expenses,  and realized  foreign  exchange  gains of
$15,046.  The amount of $15,046  realized as foreign exchange gains for the year
ended June 30, 2004,  represented a decrease of $8,576,  or 36%, from the amount
of $23,622 realized as foreign exchange gains for the same period ended June 30,
2003.

Other (Expense)

Other  (expense)  increased to $8,160 for the year ended June 30, 2004,  from $0
for the same period ended June 30,  2003.  Other  (expenses)  for the year ended
June 30, 2004,  consisted of interest  expense related to accrued  interest from
convertible promissory notes.

Net (Loss)

Net (loss) for the year ended June 30, 2004, amounted to $(130,264), compared to
$(24,176) for the same period ended June 30, 2003.  The additional net (loss) of
$(106,088)  resulted  primarily  from  the  overall  increases  in  general  and
administrative  expenses and other (expense),  described above, and the decrease
in revenues for the period.

Net (Loss) Per Share

We  incurred a net (loss) per share of  $(1,608.20)  for the year ended June 30,
2004,  compared to a net (loss) per share of $(298.47) for the same period ended
June 30, 2003. The weighted average number of common shares  outstanding for the
years ended June 30, 2004,  and 2003,  was 81. This reflects the capital  shares
issued and  outstanding of Subsidiary  and its  operations  prior to the reverse
merger between FFBI and Subsidiary effected on September 14, 2004.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of March 31,  2005,  our total  current  assets were  $403,644  and our total
current  liabilities  were $632,652,  resulting in a working  capital deficit of
$229,008.  As of the same date, we also had an  accumulated  deficit  during the
development  stage of $701,128.  We finance our operations with a combination of
securities  issuances and loans from related  parties.  As discussed  below,  we
completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes in September 2004,
which provided gross proceeds of $365,000.

Software development expenditures as of March 31, 2005, amounted to $40,502 from
$0 as of March 31, 2004. The increase in software  development costs is a result
of the development of our web based management  information  system. Such system
is not yet operational.  We also incurred $5,006 in web site  development  costs
which have been reflected in our financial statements as of March 31, 2005.

     Our management  believes that we have sufficient funds to operate until the
end of September 2005,with  additional funds anticipated from the performance of
agreements  that we have  entered  into  with our  current  customers,  and from
contracts  that we expect to execute  in the near  future.  Nonetheless,  we may
raise  additional  funds  through  equity  financings  in order to  broaden  our
financial strength and liquidity.

As of May 31, 2005, we had $6,406 of cash resources.  Our current cash resources
are not sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements over the next 12 months. Our
management believes that we have sufficient funds to continue operations through
the end of September 2005.


On August  25,  2004,  our  Subsidiary  entered  into a License  Agreement  (the
"Agreement")  with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("LR Global"),  an Australian
corporation acting as trustee for Fit For Business  Australia/New  Zealand Trust
(the "trust").  The principals of LR are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne,
and the  beneficiaries of the trust are Laraine  Richardson and Dianne Waghorne.

                                       24


The  principals of LR Global and the  beneficiaries  of the trust being the same
persons are not related to us, or to our Subsidiary,  our officers or directors,
except as  described  herein.  LR Global is a Herbalife  distributor.  Under the
terms  of  the  Agreement,   LR  Global  has  been  granted  a   non-assignable,
non-exclusive  license to represent  Subsidiary within Australia and New Zealand
for a term of ten (10) years in consideration for the payment of a licensing fee
in the amount of $500,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, LR Global may
use our  logo,  our web  based  management  information  system,  marketing  and
promotional  literature,  processes,  systems,  intellectual property and attend
FFBI events, for the purpose of generating new customers for us and for training
account executives and customer service representatives. Subsequent to the share
exchange  transaction of September 14, 2004, Mark A. Poulsen,  our President and
Chief  Executive  Officer,  transferred  500,000 common shares to LR Global.  To
date,  LR Global has paid us USD $125,365 of the  licensing fee and we agreed to
extend to a date within  sixty (60) days  following  the first date on which our
common  stock is  quoted on the OTC  Bulletin  Board or other  recognized  stock
exchange,  the balance due us. In addition, the principals of LR Global, Laraine
Richardson  and Dianne  Waghorne,  have  executed  personal  guarantees  for the
payment of the balance of the outstanding license fees.


The successful  implementation of all aspects of the business plan is subject to
our ability to be able to raise  additional funds from an offering of our common
stock through this prospectus.  A crucial  component of our business strategy is
to  implement  our sales plan in order that we may  secure  sufficient  sales to
become  profitable.  It has been estimated that we will require $180,000 for the
marketing, promotion and brand campaign costs, in order to effectively implement
our sales plan.

If we raise less than $1,200,000 through this Offering, we would have to curtail
expenditures  on recruitment of staff and or on various  projects or delay these
recruitment  actions or projects until funds do become  available.  The delay in
the  recruitment  of staff or  projects  will have an impact on our  ability  to
achieve the sales target we seek to attain,  and consequently  delay the company
reaching profitability.

Should the funding  required to pursue our business  strategy not be forthcoming
from the aforementioned sources, we may have to explore other avenues of capital
formation. In any event, our investors should assume that any additional funding
will cause substantial dilution to current stockholders. In addition, we may not
be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, if at all.

We have  estimated that our offering costs will be  approximately  $100,000.  As
noted below in the financial  statements,  we have already  incurred  $71,254 of
such offering costs as of March 31, 2005.

For the purposes of providing working capital, subsequent to March 31, 2004, FFB
borrowed  $34,305 from Fort Street Equity.  This was evidenced by two promissory
notes. This amount will be used to pay the balance of FFBI's estimated  offering
costs.


Our  independent  auditor has indicated  that there can be no assurance  that we
will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital  through our planned filing
with  the  SEC and  related  activities,  or be  successful  in the  sale of our
products  and services  that will  generate  sufficient  revenues to sustain our
operations.

The  notes  to  our  financial  statements  include  an  explanatory   paragraph
expressing  substantial  doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Among the  reasons  cited in the notes as  raising  substantial  doubt as to our
ability to  continue  as a going  concern are the  following:  we have  incurred
operating  losses since  inception,  and our working  capital is insufficient to
meet our planned business objectives. Our ability to continue as a going concern
is  dependent  on our ability to further  implement  our  business  plan,  raise
additional capital and generate revenues.

Plan of Operation

During the period  ended June 30, 2005,  we have devoted our  activities  to the
following:

o Continuing to further develop our operating infrastructure, as follows:

a.  Providing  input and  direction  for  further  wellness  program  selection,
features,  benefits and design of programs planned to be supplied to our various
target markets. We are identifying other similar  Occupational Health and Safety
Organizations  through  internet  research  and  face  to  face  discussions  to
determine  whether  we can  include  their  offerings  within our  programs.  In
determining if their  offerings can be included in our programs,  we have regard
to such issues as the compatibility, ability to deliver a quality offering, cost
of their  offerings,  the ease of  implementation  and the  results  that  their
offering can deliver to potential customers.

                                       25


b. Establishing which market segments are more likely to be willing consumers of
our  wellness  programs  and  then  developing  a  marketing  approach  that  is
consistent  with their  purchasing  criteria.  Training  our sales  force in the
marketing approach necessary to consummate sales to these organizations.

c.   Recruiting and training  further  account  executives and customer  service
representatives; and


d.   Sales.


Achievements for the Quarter ended June 2005:

Computer Software and Systems:
- -----------------------------
Continued  implementation  of our web based management  system for final product
release to our Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives.

Our  international  web-based  integrated  management system combines online and
standalone features to allow us and our employees, account executives,  customer
service  representatives  and  licensees  to record,  track and report  relevant
customer information.

    1.  Calendar & Appointment Functionality
    2.  Corporate Profile - including goals
    3.  Individual Employee Profile - Including Goals of on-going program
    4.  Employee Follow-up module
            a.  Including  call scripts to collect and record information on how
                employee is  performing  on  program,  this  includes  physical,
                behaviors, and feelings, measurements on the 1st, 3rd, 7th, 14th
                21st, and then weekly
    5.  Product order and reorder - automated
            a.  Interface to Herbalife Ordering procedures/system
    6.  Reporting system
            a.  To Individual  employee for  encouragement  to show how they are
                performing against the goals they set
            b.  To the corporation at the aggregate level
                    i.  No individual information due to privacy reasons
    7.  Licensee,   Account   Executive  and  Customer  Service   Representative
        management
            a.  Ensure all customers are being followed up
            b.  Orders are being placed in a timely manner
            c.  Contract renewals are followed up


Website Design and Enhancement:
- -------------------------------
Upgraded the Australian Fit For Business web site  www.fitforbusiness.com.au  to
present better  information  about our programs that is more consistent with our
marketing  approach  of using the  website  as a tool to promote  our  programs,
especially to corporations.


FFBI identified  several areas of our website that were either  outdated/changed
and/or required additional information.  We reviewed all aspects of our site and
totally  redeveloped a more  informative and easy to navigate web site. The site
now includes several new sections.  We have added further information on the Who
We are,  What we do, Our  Approach,  Our  Nutritional  Component,  Our  Physical
Component,  Statistical  Information.  We now  have  several  specific  sections
including:
About Us
Employers
Employees
Retirees
Government
Investors
Media
Links
Tools
We believe  this now  explains to a potential  customer or  investor,  in better
detail what FFBI does and what the FFBI programs  consist of and what  potential
they have to assist customers.


Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand:
- ------------------------------------------
Engaged a  communications  consultant on a short term contract to generate press
articles and media interactions  specifically in relation to our target markets.
Updated existing brochures.

                                       26


Speaking Opportunities
- ----------------------
Identified speaking  opportunities at business  conferences and seminars for the
FFBI Senior Executives, however none occurred in this quarter.

Thought Leadership/ Editorial Opportunities
- -------------------------------------------

- -    Identified  leading  business  management  and/or health magazines with the
     potential for FFBI to contribute a regular column.
- -    Wrote  letters to the Editor  responding  to articles on issues of business
     health and fitness.
- -    Wrote a media release on issues relating to workplace health and fitness.
- -    Obtained  further  Testimonials  of local customers using FFBI products and
     programs highlighting the benefits achieved and placed on FFBI website.

Pilot TV program
- ----------------
It was envisaged that a TV program consisting of 13 by 30 minute episodes, aimed
at an  audience  of 45 years  and over  would  form the  basis of the  marketing
program  for the  seniors  market.  The TV  program  was to cover the  following
topics:

     o    Health:  FFBI  will  lead in this  area  using a  variety  of  partner
          providers and medical experts,  including physical,  psychological and
          associated medical areas.
     o    Wellness:  FFBI  will  lead this  area  using  Behavioral  scientists,
          Occupational  Therapists,  Nutritionists  and  dieticians  and fitness
          experts.
     o    Lifestyle:  The people watching this show have the largest interest in
          maintaining  lifestyle  and the finance to keep it - this will include
          such segments as holidays, retreats and spas, recreation and so forth.
     o    Employment:   Recognized  recruitment  agencies  to  give  informative
          information on retaining employment, changing roles or re-entering the
          workforce.
     o    Redundancy:  We will be using  experts  from  employee  groups,  Human
          relations management companies and financial planers to assist in this
          area.  Overcoming the effects of redundancy  weigh heavily on not just
          the bread winner, but also family relationships causing much stress

The process of bringing the TV program to fruition  was to  initially  develop a
program  concept,  which had been shared with a number of corporations who would
participate as anchor advertisers of the various segments.

Subsequently,  a ten minute pilot  program has been  filmed.  The pilot has been
then put in the hands of an  advertising  agency  that has taken it to the major
free  to air  commercial  channels  in  Australia.  The  Commercial  TV  channel
requested an enhanced pilot to be produced.

The enhanced  pilot was  estimated to cost $15,000 to produce.  However,  as our
current financial position does not permit us to expend this amount, the project
has been  halted  pending  the  completion  of capital  formation  through  this
prospectus.  There are no production  agreements or other contracts in place for
the development or airing of the TV Pilot or the eventual TV program. Once funds
are available as a result of our capital formation  activities,  we will restart
the project.


Sales:
- ------

- -    Identification  of market  segments that are  predisposed to purchasing our
     programs.
- -    Identifying  companies  with the  purchasing  power within that segment.
- -    Researching  company  leads  to  ensure  they  meet  an  identified  set of
     criteria.
- -    Approaching  the  identified  companies via our account executives with our
     sales proposal.
- -    Winning the business
- -    Initiating   the   implementation   program   via  our   customer   service
     representatives.
- -    The above  process  is taking  between 1 to 4 months to  finalize  sales in
     small  businesses  and  can  take  6 to 12  months  to  finalize  in  large
     corporations or government departments.
- -    Continually  monitoring and reporting to the individuals  and  corporations
     consuming our programs.
- -    Continuously  improving  our internal  processes and systems and ensure all
     account executives and customer service  representatives  are fully trained
     with respect to these improvements.

                                       27


An  additional  two licenses were  endeavored to be sold in Australia.  The FFBI
business and financial  modeling has  indicated  that there should only be three
licenses  issued  in  Australia/New  Zealand,  due to the size of the  corporate
market place.  FFBI has already  contracted  with one licensee  being LR Global.
Therefore we are still seeking to sell an additional two licenses.


FFBI short  listed a number of potential  licensees  in  Australia  and is going
through our selection and interview  process to ensure that  potential  licenses
meet our criteria.


Expenses:
- ---------

It was budgeted  that $185,000  would be expended in this  quarter,  however the
actual expenditure will be approximately $130,000.

Revenues:
- ---------

No substantial revenues were expected in this quarter.  Revenues totaling approx
$3,000 were realized.

Quarter ending September 2005:
- ------------------------------

Given the limited  resources  that we currently have available to us, during the
period  ending  September  30, 2005,  we  anticipate  undertaking  the following
activities:

a.   strategic review of mission, vision, strategies,  key projects,  strengths,
     weaknesses, opportunities and threats, competitive advantage;
b.   continued  focus on increasing the number of qualified  corporations  being
     targeted in order to secure sales by  identifying  decision  makers  within
     corporations and building relationship with these individuals;
c.   continued  refinement of the materials supporting the sales process such as
     presentation  materials,  brochures and newsletters as a result of feedback
     from sales calls;
d.   continuing the process of capital formation via this prospectus; and
e.   design and development of version 2 of our web-based integrated  management
     systems.

Methods of Achieving Objectives

We will be  utilizing  our current  staff and in-house  resources  to deliver on
items (a) through (c) above,  and we have estimated  that we require  $80,000 in
order to keep the business operating on this basis.

Item (d) will require the  assistance of our  professional  legal and accounting
advisors and auditors.

Item (e) will require the  assistance  of Insource  Pty.  Ltd. We entered into a
contract  with  Insource  Pty.  Ltd. for  software  services  pertaining  to the
development   of   certain    computerized   systems   for   customer   service,
administration,  and information reporting purposes.  The contract price for the
software  development  services amounted to $40,502 and includes the development
of version 2.

The plan of operations post-September 2005 is highly dependant on our ability to
raise  sufficient  capital via this prospectus.  As such,  itemized below is our
plan of  operations,  anticipated  activities  and expected  costs  assuming net
proceeds from capital formation activities of $4,000,000.  If a lesser amount is
raised  then it will be  necessary  to  reduce  both the  range  and  extent  of
activities undertaken and some timeframes will extend.

The period ending three months post-capital foramtion:

Our business objectives for this period are as follows:


a.   International Market Development - Japan
- ---------------------------------------------
- -    Research  and test  Japanese  market for  compatibility  in  accepting  the
     current configuration of our programs.
- -    Develop marketing approach to sell licenses in Japan.
- -    Identify potential new licensees in Japan.
- -    Sell licenses in Japan.
- -    Recruit  Account   Executives  and  Customer  Service   Representatives  in
     conjunction with the Licensees in Japan.
- -    Refine our  marketing and sales  process in  conjunction  with the Japanese
     Licenses.

                                       28


- -    Specify  any  required  changes  to our  Web  presence  and  our  web  base
     management information system to accommodate Japanese nuances.


b.   Sales
- ----------
Recruitment  of  five  full-time  employed  corporate  account  executives  will
commence.  Continued sales efforts by existing  independent  Account  Executives
targeting corporations.

c.   Computer Software and Systems
- ----------------------------------
Delivery and implementation of version 2 of our web-based integrated  management
system.


d.   Program Development
- ------------------------
It is expected  in-house  permanent staff will increase to include a Development
Director. We will also initiate new product offerings such as: Physical activity
components,  (ie  walking  programs)  stress  management  programs  (i.e.  yoga,
meditation,  Tai Chi)  Inoculations,  education  programs  (i.e.  meal planning,
cooking lessons) weight management  (dietitian,  nutritionist) to be included in
the programs  identified by our  collaborate  approach  with other  Occupational
Health and Safety Providers.


e.   Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand
- ----------------------------------------------
Continue  Marketing  and Brand  building  via  press  releases,  targeted  media
interaction, and relationship building events.


Methods of Achieving Objectives

We will be  utilizing  our current  staff,  in  particular  the new  Development
Director,  to deliver on items (a)and (d) and we have  estimated that we require
$40,000 for research assistance and travel to Japan.

The Senior Vice  President/Chief  Operating  Officer will be responsible for the
recruitment  activity of Item (b) and will engage the services of a professional
recruitment firm to assist in this process.  It is anticipated that it will cost
in the order of $60,000.

The sales  activity of Item (b) will be achieved by the Senior Vice President of
Sales with the assistance of our Licensee,  independent account executives,  and
independent customer service representatives.

Item (c) will  require the  assistance  of Insource  Pty Ltd. We entered  into a
contract  with  Insource  Pty.  Ltd. for  software  services  pertaining  to the
development   of   certain    computerized   systems   for   customer   service,
administration,  and information reporting purposes.  The contract price for the
software  development services amounted to $40,502 and includes the delivery and
implementation assistance for version 2.

Item (e) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of
FFBI.

Working Capital Expenses

It is budgeted that $100,000 will be expended in addition to the above.

The period ending 6 months post-capital formation:
- --------------------------------------------------

Our business objectives for this period are as follows:


a.   Computer Software and Systems
- ----------------------------------
Specify the call centre  module that is to be developed as part of the Web based
management information system.

Enhance the Web Based information system to cater for the Japanese market.

b.   Website Design and Enhancement
- -----------------------------------
Specify and implement the e-commerce components of the web presence.

Modify the Web presence to cater for the Japanese market place.

                                       29


c.   Multi Media Training programs
- ----------------------------------
Specify the requirements in order to change the paper base training programs for
our account  executives and customer  service  representatives  to a Multi Media
base.

d.   Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand:
- -----------------------------------------------
Continue  Marketing and Brand building via continued  press  releases,  targeted
media interaction and relationship building events.

Implement an Awards  program to  recognize  businesses  that  operate  corporate
health and awareness  programs,  particularly  those which  achieve  outstanding
productivity improvements or reductions in absenteeism.  Partner with Australian
State and Federal  Governments to recognize  public sector employers who achieve
in this area.

Commence  Marketing and Brand building  activities in Japan in which we identify
corporations  within market  segments  that are  predisposed  to purchasing  our
programs and then sell to them.


e.   International Market Development
- -------------------------------------

Continue with the preparation to commence business in Japan.
- -    Initiate  new product  offerings  to be  included  in the Fit For  Business
     Japanese programs

Commence market development for South Korea as follows:

- -    Research and test South Korean  market for  compatibility  in accepting the
     current configuration of our programs.
- -    Develop marketing approach to sell licenses in South Korea.
- -    Identify  potential  new  licensees in South Korea.  Sell licenses in South
     Korea.
- -    Recruit  account   executives  and  customer  service   representatives  in
     conjunction with the Licensees in South Korea.
- -    Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the South Korean
     Licensees.
- -    Specify  any  required  changes  to our  Web  presence  and  our  web  base
     management information system to accommodate South Korean nuances.

f.   TV PROGRAM
- ---------------
Produce the enhanced  pilot  program.  As part of the marketing  program,  after
acceptance of the enhanced  pilot by the  Australian  TV network,  we will enter
into a production  and  advertising  contract with a single  advertising  agency
specializing in creating and delivering  information TV programs,  to create and
deliver the 13 episode TV program.

g.   Sales
- ----------
The  five  full-time   employed   corporate  account  executives  will  commence
employment and be trained and start to sell our programs to our target  markets.
The sales process and length of time taken to finalize sales will vary depending
on the size and nature of the organization that we are targeting.

New Licensee in Australia  and Japan would be joining and bringing on between 10
to 15 Independent Account Executives to assist with the sales effort.

Method of achieving objectives

Items (a) and (b) will  require  the  assistance  of  Insource  Pty Ltd. We will
negotiate a new  contract for the delivery of these  objectives  and  anticipate
that the cost for this component will be $40,000.

Item  (c)  will  require  the  assistance  of a  specialized  elearning  content
developer  and  provider.  A specific  provider has not been  identified at this
time. The cost is expected to be $20,000.

Item (d) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of
FFBI and the engagement of a Advertising and Communications  agency. The cost is
expected to be $40,000.

Item (e) will be  delivered  by the  Development  Director  and will  require an
estimated $70,000 for research assistance and travel.

Item (f) will require the  assistance  of an  advertising  agency at an expected
cost of $15,000 for the production of the enhanced  pilot and a further  $70,000
as our  contribution to the production of the 13 episodes,  with the rest of the
costs being funded via the sale of advertising by the chosen  advertising agency
to corporations who will be contributing to the TV program.

                                       30


Item g)will be achieved and guided by the Senior Vice President of Sales.

Working Capital Expenses

We have  budgeted  expenditure  for this  quarter of $125,000 in addition to the
above.

The period ending 9 months post-capital formation:
- --------------------------------------------------
Our business objectives for this period are as follows:

a.   Computer Software and Systems
- ----------------------------------
Develop  and  implement  the call  centre  module  that is part of the Web based
management information system.

Enhance the Web Based information system to cater for the South Korean market.

b.   Website Design and Enhancement
- -----------------------------------
Modify the Web presence to cater for the South Korean market place.

c.   Multi Media Training programs
- ----------------------------------
Develop and  implement the multi media based  training  programs for our account
executives and customer service representatives.

d.   Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand:
- -----------------------------------------------
Continue  marketing and brand building via continued  press  releases,  targeted
media interaction and relationship building events.

Commence  marketing  and brand  building  activities  in South Korea in which we
identify  corporations within market segments that are predisposed to purchasing
our programs and then sell to them.

e.   International Market Development
- -------------------------------------
Commence business in Japan.

Continue with the  preparation to commence  business in South Korea. -- Initiate
new  product  offerings  to be  included in the Fit For  Business  South  Korean
programs.

Commence market development for North America as follows:
- -    Research and test North American market for  compatibility in accepting the
     current configuration of our programs.
- -    Develop marketing approach to sell licenses into North America.
- -    Identify  potential new licensees in North America.  Sell licenses in North
     America.
- -    Recruit  account   executives  and  customer  service   representatives  in
     conjunction with the Licensees in North America.
- -    Refine  our  marketing  and sales  process  in  conjunction  with the North
     American Licensees.
- -    Specify  any  required  changes  to our  Web  presence  and  our  web  base
     management information system to accommodate North American nuances.

f.   Sales
- ----------
Sales in Australia are expected to be established with consistent  program sales
and first Japanese sales commencing. It is anticipated that a new Licensee would
be joining  for Korea and  bringing  on between 5 and 10 account  executives  to
assist with the Sales effort.

Method of achieving objectives

Items (a) and (b) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We anticipate
that the cost for this component will be $70,000.

Item (c) will require the assistance of a specialized learning content developer
and provider. A specific provider has not been identified at this time. The cost
is expected to be $80,000.

Item (d) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of
FFBI and the engagement of a Advertising and Communications  agency. The cost is
expected to be $90,000.

Item (e) will be  delivered  by the  Development  Director  and will  require an
estimated $100,000 for research assistance and travel.

Item (f) will be achieved and guided by the Senior Vice President of Sales.

                                       31


Working Capital Expenses

We have  budgeted  expenditure  for this  quarter of $150,000 in addition to the
above.


Since we are a development  stage company with no significant  operating history
and a poor financial condition, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining financing or
the  amount of the  financing  may be  minimal,  and  therefore,  inadequate  to
implement our full plan of operations.  We have developed five alternative plans
of operations depending on financing being raised at the levels of $4.4 million,
$2.7 million, $1.2 million, $700,000 and $350,000. These alternate plans involve
a scaling back or staged  implementation  of the $4.4 million plan of operations
described.  In the event that we do not receive the full, or partial  financing,
or  our  financing  is  inadequate  or if  we do  not  adequately  implement  an
alternative  plan of operations  that enables us to conduct  operations  without
having received  adequate  financing,  we may have to liquidate our business and
undertake any or all of the following actions:

1.   Sell or dispose of our assets;

2.   Pay our liabilities in order of priority,  if we have available cash to pay
such liabilities;

3.   If any  cash  remains  after  we  satisfy  amounts  due  to our  creditors,
distribute any remaining cash to our  shareholders in an amount equal to the net
market value of our net assets;

4.   File a Certificate of Dissolution  with the State of Nevada to dissolve our
corporation and close our business;

5. Make the appropriate  filings with the Securities and Exchange  Commission so
that we will no longer be required to file periodic and other  required  reports
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  if, in fact, we are a reporting
company at that time; and

6. Make the  appropriate  filings  with the  National  Association  of  Security
Dealers to affect a  de-listing  of our common  stock,  if, in fact,  our common
stock is quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board at that time.

If we have any  liabilities  that we are  unable to satisfy  and we qualify  for
protection   under  the  US  Bankruptcy   Code,  we  may  voluntarily  file  for
reorganization  under Chapter 11 or  liquidation  under Chapter 7. Our creditors
may also file a Chapter 7 or Chapter 11  bankruptcy  action  against  us. If our
creditors or we file for Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 bankruptcy,  our creditors will
take priority over our  shareholders.  If we fail to file for  bankruptcy  under
Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 and we have  creditors,  such  creditors  may  institute
proceedings  against us seeking forfeiture of our assets, if any. We do not know
and cannot determine which, if any, of these actions we may be forced to take.

Material  commitments for capital  expenditure:  We have no material commitments
for capital expenditures.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

                                       32


                             BUSINESS - OUR COMPANY

We were  organized on May 30, 2001, and  incorporated  in the State of Nevada on
July 31,  2001,  under the name Elli Tsab,  Inc.  We have  remained  essentially
inactive since  incorporation  except for the issuance of common stock to former
officers and  directors  for services  rendered,  and the issuance of options to
purchase common stock for $10,000 in cash as described below.


On May 30, 2001, we issued  5,000,000 shares of our common stock at par value of
$.001  per  share  to  former   officers  and   directors  of  the  Company  for
incorporation  services  rendered  valued at  $5,000.00  and as  founders of the
Company.


We changed our name to Patient Data  Corporation  on April 15, 2004, and we also
increased  our  authorized  capital to  100,000,000  shares of common  stock and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $.001 per share.

On July 25, 2004, we issued  2,000,000  options to Fort Street  Equity,  Inc. (a
Cayman  Islands  company)  to  purchase  the same number of shares of our common
stock for $10,000 in cash.  The option period is through  December 31, 2005. The
exercise  price of the  options is the higher of $0.50 per share or the  average
trading  price of our common stock over the  preceding  ten (10)  business  days
prior to exercise of the options, less a discount of forty (40%) percent.


On November 10, 2003, our Subsidiary  entered into an agreement with Fort Street
Equity,  Inc. ("Fort  Street"),  a Cayman Islands  company,  whereby Fort Street
would assist with the following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly
organized  in the United  States with which  Subsidiary  could  realize a deemed
reverse merger;  and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration  Statement
on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising  capital  from the issuance
of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million.

Subsidiary  paid Fort Street two deposits  against  fees and costs  amounting to
$130,100.  The initial capital  formation  activity  conducted by Subsidiary and
Fort  Street  was not  successful  due to the  fact  that the  organization  and
completion of a deemed  reverse merger with a validly  organized  corporation in
the United States could not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted
deemed reverse merger,  Subsidiary  expensed  $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort
Street as unsuccessful offering costs. With Fort Street,  Subsidiary initiated a
second  capital  formation  activity that resulted in the Exchange  Agreement as
described below,  and the current  activity to file a Registration  Statement on
Form SB-2 with the SEC.


On September 14, 2004,  we entered into an exchange  agreement and acquired 100%
of the issued and  outstanding  capital shares of  Subsidiary.  Fit For Business
(Australia)  Pty Limited was  incorporated on December 14, 1998, in the State of
Queensland,  Australia.  All shares of Subsidiary  were owned by Mark A. Poulsen
and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Our operations are conducted  through
our Subsidiary which delivers  services and products to the workplace health and
safety industry in Australia.

In  exchange  for all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of  Subsidiary,  we
issued an  aggregate of  15,000,000  of our common  shares and  1,000,000 of our
preferred shares to the shareholders of Subsidiary,  Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A.
Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
Pty.  Ltd.  subsequently  transferred  some of  their  common  shares  to  other
individuals  and  entities,  as  detailed  herein.  In  addition,  the  exchange
agreement  included the following terms: (1) Mark A. Poulsen would be elected as
the only  director;  (2) the company  would change its name to "Fit for Business
International, Inc."

On January 13, 2005, we changed our name to FIT For Business International, Inc.
in order to better reflect our new business plan.

Our web site is located at www.fitforbusiness.com.au

Our business model  addresses the alarming  health  statistics of individuals in
westernized  countries.  For  example,  the  Australian  Institute of Health and
Welfare  last  year  revealed  that 60 per  cent(1)  of  Australian  adults  are
overweight and over 90 per cent(2) have at least one modifiable  risk factor for
heart,  stroke and  vascular  disease.  These  statistics  are  reflected in the
Australian workforce(3). Further, the combination of an aging workforce, falling
birth  rates  and  increased   demand  for  workers  makes  it  imperative  that
Corporations  guide  employees in modifying  the risk factors that could prevent
them from making a long and productive  contribution  within the workforce.  The
Australian  National  Audit  Office has  reported  that,  many  businesses  have
recognized  the need to intervene by introducing  programs that include  absence
management  techniques  such as  leave  banks  and  health  initiatives  such as
influenza injections, gym programs, yoga and stress management(4).

                                       33



The US  Department  of Health and Human  Services has reported  that  innovative
employers are providing their employees with a variety of work-site-based health
promotion and disease  prevention  programs.  These  programs have been shown to
improve employee health, increase productivity and yield a significant return on
investment for the employer.  In their report,  "Prevention  makes Common Cents"
they profile some of the nationally awarded and successful  wellness programs in
America such as those of Motorola,  DaimlerChrysler  and Caterpillar and some of
the key program features  including health risk appraisals,  health  screenings,
targeted  education  programs,  support for employees  throughout the process of
lifestyle change,  smoking  cessation,  weight management,  fitness  activities,
individual counseling, and tracking/monitoring/reporting(5).

The FFBI approach to promoting  wellness amongst employees  reflects many of the
features   which  have  proved   successful  in   corporations   like  Motorola,
DaimlerChrysler and Caterpillar(6).  FFBI delivers an integrated work-site based
program  tailored to the needs of the  business.  The FFBI program  involves the
following features:

a.   health risk assessment,
b.   health education focused on the identified health risks,
c.   behavior  modification techniques,
d.   nutritional supplements for optimal nutrition and weight management
e.   a walking based fitness program,
f.   individual  counseling  of employees  to support and motivate  them as they
     make positive lifestyle changes,
g.   smoking cessation program,
h.   preventative measures such as inoculations,
i.   regular monitoring of results and reporting.

Potential  investors  should be aware that to date,  FFBI does not have any case
studies to  demonstrate  the  efficacy of our  specific  programs in  delivering
improved wellness to individuals or improved productivity to corporations.


FFBI  backs  all  programs  with  friendly   fully  trained   customer   service
representatives  who use  state-of-the-art  occupational  health  and safety web
based information and  communications  systems to support,  record and report on
progress  of  people  on  the  programs.   This  ensures   ongoing  support  and
encouragement to both the individual and the corporation.

It would be FFBIs analysis that within three to five years,  workplace  wellness
programs like those being proposed by FFBI will become the norm(7) as businesses
increasingly recognize the benefits of greater productivity,  happier employees,
less sickness and absenteeism, and a better profitability(8).

FFBI's business plan sees it licensing prime distributors, known as "Licensees",
in the countries that it targets.  The Licensees will need to be very successful
long-term  business  people with  existing  networks of account  executives  and
customer service  representatives.  Each account  executive and customer service
representative   will  be  individually   required  to  contract  with  FFBI  as
independent account executives or customer service  representatives.  FFBI earns
its revenues  through the licensing  fees as well as, on average,  earning a 15%
margin on programs  delivered  to corporate  customers.  The key to the business
model is that corporate customers contract with FFBI and pay for the purchase of

- ---------------------
1 Australian  Heart  Foundation,  "Heart Stroke & Vascular  diseases  Australian
Facts 2004" pg 2 http://www.heartfoundation.com.au/index.cfm?page=19, visited on
31 May 2005
2 As Above
3 Australian Heart Foundation, "The shifting burden of cardiovascular disease in
Australia 2005"pg 26 http://www.heartfoundation.com.au/index.cfm?page=20
4 The Auditor  General Audit Report #52  2002-2003,  "Absence  management in the
Australian      Public      Service"      pg     68,      30     June      2003,
http://www.anao.gov.au/WebSite.nsf/Publications/BD2FEAB022F0A678CA256D4B000F5DFD
5 US Department of Health and Human  Services  "Prevention  Makes Common Cents",
Executive Summary, September 2003
http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005
6 US Department of Health and Human  Services  "Prevention  Makes Common Cents",
Executive                 Summary,                 September                2003
http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005
7 US Department of Health and Human  Services  "Prevention  Makes Common Cents",
Page 22&23,  September 2003  http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf
visited on 31 May 2005
8  Ozminkowski  RJ, Ling D,  Goetzel RZ,  Bruno JA,  Rutter KR, Izaac F, Wang S.
"Long-term  impact of Johnson & Johnson`s  health and wellness program on health
care utilization and  expenditures."  Journal of Occupational and  Environmental
Medicine. 2002; 44:21-29

                                       34


the programs for their employees. The successful  implementation of the business
plan will be dependent  on our ability to meet the  challenges  of  developing a
management team capable of not only the development of the various  programs but
also brand management and the implementation of specific  marketing  strategies.
These strategies will include the utilization of specific existing  distributors
currently in the business of marketing  nutritional  and wellness  programs.  As
well, we will be employing our own account  executives to offer our services and
programs to our various target markets.

Additionally,  it will be  necessary  to  educate  the  target  market and build
relationships  with corporate  customers in order to demonstrate  the commercial
benefits of the Fit For Business wellness programs.

Our business plan has two major  components or programs  which involve  products
and services for:

     (1)  "Corporate Wellness;" and
     (2)  "Living Well."

Market Opportunities

The Fit For  Business  Programs  are  currently  marketed  to two  major  target
markets:

     1.   Corporate   Wellness   Solutions  -  targeted  to   small/medium/large
          corporations;
     2.   Living  Well  Solutions - targeted  primarily  to  retirement  village
          groups and individual seniors.

Marketing is conducted via several methods:

     1.   Targeted media advertising and events;
     2.   Direct mail; and
     3.   Relationship marketing


Potential  investors  should be aware  that to date FFBI has not  conducted  any
feasibility studies to demonstrate the efficacy of our business strategy.


CORPORATE WELLNESS SOLUTION PROGRAM

         Under this component of the business plan, we are focused on delivering
products and services to make the  corporate  workplace  healthier.  The goal is
that a healthier  workplace  increases  productivity and reduces absenteeism and
stress,  and therefore,  increases  bottom line profits for employers.  Our main
objective is to be a market leader in the Corporate Wellness arena.

Our approach to tackling the wellness issues faced by corporations  employees is
to  initially  concentrate  on nutrition  and  physical  activity to replace bad
eating  habits with goods ones.  FFBI  assists the  employee to aim to undertake
this behavior  modification within the first 21 days, usually the length of time
taken to break a habit.

Following which FFBI can introduce other wellness components of the corporations
choice,  through  FFBI,  and our  partner  providers  or  through  working  with
providers  of the  corporations  choice - but always  monitored  and followed up
through our web based information system and customer service representatives.

FFBI delivers an initial Corporate wellness program that includes:
     o    Profiling of the business  including the physical  requirements of the
          major roles within the work place
     o    Introductory  seminar on the aims and goals of the FFBI program and on
          what good nutrition entails
     o    A profile of all  individual  employees on the program and referral to
          appropriate medical/service providers
     o    Physical activity program
     o    Nutrition program including menu planning
     o    Non-intrusive  follow-up/coaching  of all  individuals at the 1, 3, 7,
          14, 28 days and then monthly
     o    Actively  working  with  employees  to monitor  and report on progress
     o    Providing ongoing  educational  material (as agreed) via electronic or
          hardcopy means

                                       35


The balanced nutritional program provided by FFBI and for which the products are
supplied by Herbalife can consist of:
     o    protein, vitamins, minerals, herbs and dietary fibre
     o    B6 supplement
     o    Vitamin and Mineral supplement
     o    Vitamin C Supplement

Plus we can  provide  other  targeted  products  from  the  Herbalife  range  of
nutritional products:
     o    Florafibre,  Natures  Raw  Guarana,  Chitosan,  Lifeline  -  Omega  3,
          Xtra-Cal, RoseOx (antioxidant), Tang Kuei, Protein powder and so on.

FFBI offers a variety of programs which includes the above services
and appropriate products, ranging in price from $85.00 (AUS. $115.00) to $210.67
(AUS. $285.00) per individual employee per month.

The  benefits for corporations undertaking the FFBI programs can include:
     o    that employees feel better about themselves and have more energy;
     o    reduced absenteeism rates;
     o    reduced staff turnover; o improved productivity; and
     o    reduced health services costs.

The  benefits for  individuals  undertaking  the FFBI  programs  can include:
     o    Reducing the chance of excess unpaid sick leave;
     o    Improving health which may reduce the cost of personal  health/medical
          expenses;
     o    Savings on the costs of meals;
     o    Having more energy and stamina to meet the demands of work and life in
          general; and
     o    Having the program costs totally paid for by the employer.

         Potential  corporate  customers  are  identified  through a process  of
gathering  and  analyzing  business  information  and data by our  marketing and
account executives.

         The Corporate  Wellness  Solution program is then marketed  directly to
the target  companies  ("customers")  via the  account  executives.  The account
executives  have  previous  experience  in sales and are  trained in the Fit For
Business Program methodology on how to approach potential  corporate  customers,
when information is required by customers,  how to best present the information,
and how to close the sale.

         We also have a separate training manual,  provided on CD to all account
executives,  which provides  detailed training on how each separate market is to
be targeted, as well as detailed information on follow up, reporting,  and other
procedures.


     Once a corporate  customer has agreed to  participate  in the program,  our
Account Executive prepare an agreement,  with our assistance, to be presented to
the  customer.  On signing of the  agreement,  the  individual  employees of the
customer are interviewed by our customer  service  representative  to advise the
correct program for their use. The customer is then invoiced for the full retail
value of three (3) month's  program for all  employees who will be utilizing the
program. The in principle structure of our pricing policy is as follow:
     a.   40% is allocated to direct program consumables,  such as inoculations,
          pedometer,  nutritional supplements,  participant rewards, participant
          information packs and so forth;
     b.   10% is  allocated  to indirect  program  cost such an  allocation  for
          overheads,  quality assurance,  management  information systems and so
          forth;
     c.   35% is allocated to compensate  the customer  service  representatives
          who implement the program and  coach/monitor  the  individuals  on the
          program; and
     d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and
          out of which we pay sales commissions.


         Each corporate  customer's  employee receives follow-up at the 1, 3, 7,
14,  21  days  and  then  weekly  from  the  fully  trained   customer   service
representative  to ensure  compliance with the program.  This follow-up  process
ensures that  individual  employees  obtain  positive  results,  assists them in
forming positive habits,  and helps them to stay on the program,  which benefits
us as well as the customer.

                                       36


     The customer receives initially weekly, and then monthly,  reports from the
Account  Executive  showing the progress of the applicants.  This information is
also recorded onto the Web based Fit For Business  Customer  Follow-up  program.
Through the Web based Fit For Business  management  information  system,  we are
able to gauge the results achieved by the employees of various customers as well
as our customer service representatives.

CORPORATE WELLNESS SOLUTION PROGRAM

The FFBI business  model for  delivering  the wellness  solution  program to the
corporate market place sees:
     o    the FFBI  corporate  entity  delivering  the  marketing,  support  and
          quality assurance services to the sales team;
     o    the  sales  team  comprising  the  licensee  and the  independent  and
          employed   account   executives,   undertaking   the  corporate  sales
          activities and securing sales;
     o    the  customer  service  representatives  delivering  the  services and
          products to the employees of the corporations.


Typically  an  Account   Executive  would  source  the   corporations/retirement
villages,  make the initial contact,  present the FFB program, and negotiate the
contract.

Once the contract is signed off the customer service  representative  would then
"take over" the  implementation of the contract and the actual service delivery.
The customer service  representative  would be the one to contact the individual
participants,  initiate  them onto the  program  and provide the 1 on 1 customer
support as part of the FFB customer care program. We envisage that each customer
service representative will be able to support up to 150 program participants.

(NB once a contract has been  negotiated an  independent  account  executive can
choose  to have the dual role of  customer  service  representative  for up to a
maximum of 50 program  participants  at any one time.  This has the advantage of
keeping  the   independent   account   executive  in  touch  with  the  customer
experience.)

The  directors  and officers of FFBI are not  Licensees,  account  executives or
customer service representatives.

Currently,  there  are  16  Independent  Account  Executives  and 5  independent
customer service  representatives  out of the total of 67 account executives and
customer  service  representatives  who are  affiliated  with Mark A.  Poulsen &
Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen,  our CEO and President,  is a director and
beneficiary  of Mark A. Poulsen &  Associates.  As such Mark A.  Poulsen  should
receive  some  distribution  of  dividends  or  income  from  Mark A.  Poulsen &
Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen
& Associates  Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of nutritional  products sold
by FFBI's independent account executives and customers service  representatives.
No other know  affiliations  exist  between  any  account  executives,  customer
service representatives and any officers or directors or employees of FFBI.


The table below  expands on the specific  roles played by each party to the FFBI
business model.

                                       37




- ---------------------------  --------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
FFBI Staff                         Licensees              Account                Customer
                                                         Executives              services
                                                                              representatives
- ---------------------------  --------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                    

o  Develops programs for      o  Provides an        o  Researches           o  Contacts each
   the market place              existing and          potential               employee of
                                 proven group of       customers who are       corporations
o  Puts in place strategic       Account               corporations            joining the
   relationships with            executives and                                program
   product providers             customer           o  Builds
                                 service               relationships        o  Conducts the
o  Undertakes the Brand          representatives       with corporations       Customer Profile
   and market building                                                         to ascertain
   activities                 o  Generates sales    o  Does                    correct
                                 leads for their       presentations to        program
o  Provides all of the           Account               corporations and        for the employee
   marketing and                 executive             finalizes sales
   promotional collateral                                                   o  Orders the
                              o  Assists the        o  Once sales              products from
o  Generates sales leads         account               process is              Product Supplier
   for the account               executives            complete
   executives                    finalize sales        allocates            o  Delivers
                                                       customer services       Products and
o  Builds relationships       o  Monitors              representatives         initiates
   with the larger               performance of        to corporations         customer onto the
   customer and assist           the account           to service their        program
   the account executives        executives and        employees who are
   close sales with              Customer              on FFBI programs     o  Performs
   these organizations           services                                      followup as per
                                 representatives    o  Monitors customer       customer care
o  Undertake induction and                             service                 program on 1st,
   training of licensees,     o  FFBI intend to        representatives         3rd, 7th, 14th,
   Account executives and        establish a           to ensure               21st and
   customer services             compensation          services quality        weekly
   representatives               plan comprising       is maintained           thereafter
                                 options and
o  Monitors performance of       cash bonuses       o  Ensures that
   the account executives        which will be         corporations
   and Customer services         dependant on          renew their
   representatives               total sales           contract with
                                 volumes of FFBI       FFBI
o  Maintain business model       programs
                                 through their      o  It is intended
o  Provision of web              distribution          that the Account
   presence                      group.                Executive service
                                                       provide customer
o  Provision of Web based                              service to
   information systems                                 at least 50
                                                       employees of
o  Maintain systems and                                corporations
   process

o  Finalizes proposal and
   contracts with
   customers

o  Maintain ISO9001:2000
   Quality certification



                                       38





Independent Account Executives have two sources of income:
a.   Commission on sales - a sliding  scale  commission  for all contracts  that
     commences once an agreed  cumulative  yearly threshold of $100,000 has been
     reached. An indicative commission scale is as follows:
     o    3% for sales up to $1,000,000
     o    2% for further sales between $1,000,000 and $2,000,000
     o    1% for any further sales above $2,000,000(no maximum cap)

b.   A per participant fee when also acting as Customer  Service  Representative
     for  implementing  the FFB program for a maximum of 50  participants at any
     point in time.

Independent Customer Service Representatives have one source of income:
a.   A per participant fee for implementing the FFB program for an agreed number
     of participants

Independent  Account  Executives and Customer  Service  Representatives  receive
compensation  from FFB on the  basis  of every  program  sold,  irrespective  of
whether the program involves the nutritional supplement component.


COMPENSATION PLAN FOR LICENSEES, ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES


- ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Fit For Business        Licensee              Independent Account  Independent Customer  FFBI Employed
                                              Executives*          Service               Account Executives
                                                                   Representative*       & Customer Service
                                                                                         Representatives
- ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------
                                                                             
Budgeted to retain 15%  Receives 5%           Are to receive a     Budgeted to receive   FFBI will pay an
of the retail value of  commission from       sales commission     up to 35% of the      annual salary
any FFBI Program sales. Herbalife for any     which will be        retail value of any   negotiated at the
                        nutritional product   dependent on total   FFBI program sale.    time of employment.
                        sold as a component   volume of sales of   May also receive 5%
                        of a FFBI program     FFBI programs. May   commission from
                        by their account      receive 5%           Herbalife for any
                        executive or          commission from      products sold as part
                        customer service      Herbalife for any    of a FFBI program if
                        representative who    nutritional          they are a Herbalife
                        are Herbalife         products sold as     distributor.
                        distributors.         part of a FFBI
                                              program.
- ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------


* Distinction  between Account  Executive and Customer  Service  Representative-
typically  an  Account   Executive  would  source  the   corporations/retirement
villages,  make the initial contact,  present the FFB program, and negotiate the
contract  phase.  Once this is signed off the  Customer  Service  Representative
would then "take  over" the  contract  (NB the Account  Executive  may choose to
maintain this contract himself if it is a small number of programs) he/she would
then  contact the  participants,  review  their  program  requirements,  order &
deliver programs. Initiate them onto the program and provide the 1 on 1 customer
support as part of the FFB customer care program.


                                       39





Illustrative Compensation Tables

The  tables  below  illustrate  the  compensation  that  could  be  received  by
independent account executives and independent customer service representatives.

Example 1: In the current  year the Account  Executive  has secured one 12 month
contract for a standard FFBI  Wellness  Program with Company A for 200 employees
at $1600.00 per  participant.  The total value of the contract is $320,000.  The
Account Executive chooses to take on the role of Customer Service Representative
for 50 participants.

- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                          Eligible for     Value of Sales   Number of program   Payment per        TOTAL REMUNERATION
                          Sales            Commission       participants        participant
                          Commission                        monitored           monitored
- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                                                                                    
Independent Account
Executive                     Yes(1)            $9600               50          35% x $1600 x 50        $37,600
                                                                                = $28,000
- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------
Independent Customer
Service Representative          N/A              Nil               150          35% x $1600 x 150       $84,000
                                                                                = $84,000
- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------



Example 2: In the current  year,  the Account  Executive  has secured a 12 month
contract for a FFB Wellness Program (without the nutritional  supplements)  with
Company B for 200 employees at $200.00 per  participant.  The total value of the
contract  is  $40,000.  The  Account  Executive  chooses  to take on the role of
Customer Service Representative for 50 participants.

- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                          Eligible for     Value of Sales   Number of            Payment per        TOTAL REMUNERATION
                          Sales            Commission       participants         participant
                          Commission                        monitored            monitored
- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------
Independent Account
Executive                      No(2)             Nil                50            35% x $200 x 50         $3,500
                                                                                 = $3,500

- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------
Independent Customer
Service Representative          N/A              Nil                150          35% x $200 x 150        $10,500
                                                                                 = $10,500
- ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------


(1) The minimum  annual  sales  threshold of $100,000 has been reached with this
one  contract  so a Sales  Commission  applies at the 3% rate.  (2) The  minimum
annual  sales  threshold  of $100,000  has not been reached in this example so a
Sales Commission does not yet apply.


                                       40


LIVING WELL PROGRAM

         This  component  of our  business  plan is  targeted  through  programs
directed  primarily,  but not exclusively,  to individuals over 45 years of age.
The programs consist of a wide range of nutritional supplements,  personal care,
Physical activity and weight management  programs,  that promote inner and outer
wellness,  and a healthy lifestyle.  The nutritional products currently utilized
within the living well programs are manufactured by Herbalife.

         2 (a) Retirement Village Groups

         Retirement  villages and homes are  approached  directly by Living Well
account  executives  who have been  trained on how to  approach  the  retirement
villages; what information is required; and how to present it.

         The  Account  Executive  then  organizes  a group  presentation  to the
village at a suitable time.  Once the  presentation  is complete,  each attendee
receives a seniors  brochure  which  includes  information on the program and an
order form.


         Once the order is placed by the  customer  directly  with us or via the
Living Well account executive,  the funds are deposited with us. The Living Well
account  executive via a customer  service  representative  places the order and
initiates  the  customer  onto  the  customer  care  program.  The in  principle
structure of our pricing policy is as follow:
    a.   40% is allocated to direct program  consumables,  such as inoculations,
         pedometer,  nutritional supplements,  participant rewards,  participant
         information packs and so forth;
    b.   10% is  allocated  to  indirect  program  cost such an  allocation  for
         overheads,  quality assurance,  management  information  systems and so
         forth;
    c.   35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who
         implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program;
         and
    d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program  sales and
         out of which we pay sales commission.


          2 (b) Individual Seniors

         The  seniors  market is driven  solely by our nation  wide  advertising
campaign.  We are currently mass  marketing the Fit For Business  Program in all
the states of Australia.  We are using free to air and  television Pay programs,
with advertising slots and a sponsorship campaign.

         As  well  as the TV  campaign,  we are  placing  ads in the  nationally
recognized "Seniors" newspapers and magazines.

         We believe this advertising not only generates  customer  interest,  it
also helps create national brand awareness for us.

         The Fit For Business  national call center  receives the customer calls
in response to the  advertisements.  Their  details are taken by the call center
and entered on to the Fit for Business Web Based management  information system.
Fit For Business then  distributes  the leads,  via the  management  information
system,  for  each  State  (there  are  seven  states  and  two  territories  in
Australia)in  Australia  to  the  customer  service  representatives   randomly,
dependent on  geographic  location.  The customer  service  representative  then
follows up each potential new customer as per the customer follow up program.


         Once the  customer  decides  to  purchase  the  program,  the funds are
deposited into our account. The customer service representative places the order
and initiates  the customer  onto the customer  care  program.  The in principle
structure of our pricing policy is as follow:
    a.   40% is allocated to direct program  consumables,  such as inoculations,
         pedometer,  nutritional supplements,  participant rewards,  participant
         information packs and so forth;
    b.   10% is  allocated  to  indirect  program  cost such an  allocation  for
         overheads,  quality assurance,  management  information  systems and so
         forth;
    c.   35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who
         implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program;
         and
    d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program  sales and
         out of which we pay sales commission.


                                       41


PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

The Fit For  Business  Program  provides  to our  customers,  and in the case of
corporate customers,  to their employees, a unique nutritional component,  which
is  manufactured  and supplied by Herbalife.  Herbalife has been selected as our
nutritional  supplement  provider  because we  believe  its  products  are safe,
effective,  and have a recognized market presence after twenty-four years in the
market place. We also believe that the Herbalife  products are effective for our
customers  because of their  continuing  commitment  to enhance  their  products
through  research  and  development.   Further,  the  products  manufactured  by
Herbalife  have been  selected  because  we  believe  they  provide a  flexible,
balanced  nutrition  program  based  on the  core  formulated  meal  replacement
product, which can be tailored to meet individual needs.

FFBI does not directly have any  relationship  with  Herbalife  Ltd. There is no
contractual  relationship  between Herbalife Ltd. and FFBI. From November 10-15,
2002,  our  President and CEO,  Mark A.  Poulsen,  and Senior Vice  President of
Sales,  Anthony F. Head, were invited to present the Fit For Business program to
the then CEO and Co-President of Herbalife Ltd., Carole Hannah. Our presentation
and  subsequent  meetings were received with great  excitement and enthusiasm by
all nine Senior Vice  Presidents of Herbalife Ltd. As there was no conflict with
Herbalife,  they  encouraged  FFBI to proceed  with our  business  plan into the
market place.  They were of the view that the FFBI  programs  could only enhance
the sales of their product.  FFBI is in regular contact with Herbalife Australia
to ensure that product supply can be assured to FFBI corporate customers. Mark A
Poulsen  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of FFBI is a  Herbalife
distributor. Currently the licensees that are being chosen by FFBI to distribute
FFBI  programs are Herbalife  distributors  with  existing  distributor  network
currently distributing Herbalife products to the domestic market. Herbalife Ltd.
utilizes a network  marketing model to distribute their products to the domestic
market place. Herbalife distributors are independent business people and are not
restricted in pursuing any other business or employment  opportunities.  Some of
the Account  Executives  that the licensees  will choose to distribute  the FFBI
programs  may also be existing  Herbalife  distributors,  as will the  customers
service representatives.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY

      Our business strategy is comprised of the following principal elements:

Program Branding and Wellness

      Our  initiative is to develop the Fit For Business brand and reputation as
a company focused on a complete  wellness program and way of life. To bring this
message across, we plan to undertake a significant advertising, public relations
and branding campaign.

                                       42


Account Executive Expansion, Retention & Training

Employed account  executives are recruited as any other corporate employee would
be via newspapers  advertisement or via an employment  agency.  Employed account
executive  recruitment  is undertaken  via  selection  and interview  processes.
Independent  account  executives are recruited through similar mechanisms by the
licensees.  No  fees or  inducements  of any  kind  are  paid  by  FFBI  for the
recruitment  of these account  executives,  other than agreed fees to registered
employment  agencies.  No employed or independent account executives or customer
service  representatives or any employee of FFBI receives any fees, inducements,
or other  pecuniary  benefits for the  recruitment of account  executives or any
other employee.  There are no revenues that can be attributed to the recruitment
of account executives.

      To expand our  independent  account  executive  base,  we are  focusing on
implementing programs to ensure account executive retention.  Key areas include:
provision of more qualified leads to account executives;  enhancing our customer
service  capabilities at our call centers;  offering  greater  business-building
opportunities  through our web based  management  information  system;  creating
business support  initiatives and better training and educational  materials for
new account  executives to guide them through their first eighteen  months;  and
offering  enriched  reward and  recognition  programs.  To further  support  our
account  executives,  a  cross-functional  sales team will help provide  account
executives with the best  marketing,  training,  sales and information  tools to
ensure their success.

      We  recognize  that in  addition  to  high-quality  programs  and a proven
account executive  compensation plan, the success of our business depends on the
training of our account  executives.  Extensive  training  opportunities  enable
account  executives  to  not  only  develop  invaluable   business-building  and
leadership skills, but also to become experts in our programs.  By placing a top
priority on training, we will build credibility among our account executives and
be further established in the industry.

      We sell account executive kits at a worldwide cost of approximately $59.14
per kit (AUS  $80.00),  which  an individual must purchase in order to become an
account executive. This kit includes:
      o     FFBI Letterhead (25 copies)
      o     FFBI Corporate Brochures (6 copies)
      o     FFBI Nutritional Brochures (Herbalife) 6 copies
      o     FFBI Corporate Folders (6 copies)
      o     CD Rom containing all training and proforma documents
      o     Certificate of Registration of Account Executive or Customer Service
            Representative
      o     Living Well program  posters (5 copies) o Living well pamphlets (100
            copies)
      o     Corporate Employee Implementation Brochures (20 copies)
      o     Web Based Management system Access codes and instructions
      o     FFBI email address details

Sales of account executive kits are not subject to account executive  allowances
and cash incentives,  including commissions and bonuses. Accordingly, we receive
the entire retail sales amount from the sale of account executive kits.

FIT FOR BUSINESS PROGRAM RETURN AND BUY-BACK POLICIES

Our programs include an individual  customer  employee  satisfaction  guarantee.
Under this guarantee, within 30 days of purchase, any individual employee who is
not  satisfied  with any FFBI program for any reason may return it or any unused
portion of any nutritional  product to the account executive or customer service
representative for a full refund.

                                       43


GEOGRAPHIC PROFILES AND SALES TRENDS.


At this time, we have account  executives  working in Australia and New Zealand.
We hope to enter the following  markets in 2005,  or as soon as possible:  Japan
South Korea and North  America,  followed by Singapore,  and Hong Kong.  However
there is no guarantee that we will expand into these  markets,  or that if we do
that we will obtain significant sales.

In any new country market we initially  expect to target  corporations  that are
favorably  disposed  to  purchasing  the  FFBI  programs.   However,  subsequent
marketing  efforts to  corporations  that are not as  favorably  disposed to our
products, will require greater efforts and time to finalize sales.

We believe that a significant  factor  affecting  these sales trends will be the
opening of other new country markets within the same  geographic  region or with
the same or similar  language or cultural  bases. As such when new countries are
opened,  we  expect  the  sales in  existing  markets  to shift to newly  opened
markets,  resulting in a plateau in sales in the existing markets.  This will be
caused by existing account executive in existing markets viewing the prospect of
being  able to market to  favorably  disposed  corporations  in the new  country
markets as being a  relatively  easier  sales  proposition  than  pursuing  less
favorably disposed corporations in existing markets.

a) Our  international  expansion  includes  targeting  companies  that  are  pre
disposed to  purchasing  our  programs.  This is done through  research on these
companies  to find out which ones are indeed  already pro - active in  corporate
wellness.
b) We will be entering  these new markets with a track record and  testimonials,
which  should  increase our speed to market.  c) We will be employing  qualified
experienced  corporate  sales  executives  that are already  connected  into the
corporate arena in these international markets.


MANAGEMENT INFORMATION, INTERNET AND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

      In order to facilitate our continued growth and support account  executive
activities,  we will continually  upgrade our web-based  management  information
system and supporting internet and telecommunication systems. These systems will
include:

(1) local area networks of personal computers, serving our administrative staff;
(2) an  internet  website to provide a variety of online  services  for  account
executives, customer service representatives, and potential corporate customers.
(3) an international web-based integrated customer management systems, combining
online and  standalone  features,  to allow Fit For Business and its  employees,
account  executives,  customer service  representatives and licensees to record,
track and report relevant customer information.

    1.  Calendar & Appointment Functionality
    2.  Corporate Profile - including goals
    3.  Individual Employee Profile - Including Goals of going on program
    4.  Employee Follow-up module
            a.  Including  call scripts to collect & record  information  on how
                employee is  performing  on  program,  this  includes  physical,
                behaviors, and feelings, measurements on the 1st, 3rd, 7th, 14th
                28th, and then monthly
    5.  Product order and reorder - automated
            a.  Interface to Herbalife Ordering procedures/system
    6.  Reporting system
            a.  To Individual  employee for  encouragement  to show how they are
                performing against the goals they set
            b.  To the corporation at the aggregate level
                    i.  No individual information to privacy reasons
    7.  Licensee,   Account   Executive  and  Customer  Service   Representative
        management
            a.  Ensure all customers are being followed up
            b.  Orders are being placed in a timely manner
            c.  Contract renewals are followed up

                                       44


We will continue to invest in our systems in order to  strengthen  our operating
platform.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

      General.  We are affected by  extensive  laws,  governmental  regulations,
administrative  determinations,  court  decisions  and similar  constraints,  as
applicable,  at the  federal,  state and  local  levels,  including  regulations
pertaining to: (1) program claims and  advertising,  including direct claims and
advertising by us, as well as claims and advertising by account executives,  for
which we may be held  responsible;  (2) our  distribution  system;  (3) transfer
pricing and  similar  regulations  that  affect the level of taxable  income and
customs duties; and (4) taxation of account executives,  which in some instances
may impose an  obligation  on us to collect the taxes and  maintain  appropriate
records.

      Programs.  While  there have been no program  sales to date by FFBI in the
United States it is our intention by December 2005 to commence investigating the
North American market place. If our  investigations of the north American market
prove to be fruitful it is our intension that we would commence program sales in
2006 in the United States.

In  the  United  States  and  other  markets  we  intend  to  operate  in ,  the
formulation,    manufacturing,    packaging,   storing,   labeling,   promotion,
advertising,  distribution of the Herbalife nutritional products will be subject
to regulation by one or more governmental  agencies,  but these regulations will
need to be complied  with by  Herbalife - prior to receipt and  distribution  by
FFBI Account Executives and customer service representatives.

      Prior to commencing  operations and prior to making or permitting sales of
our  programs  in some  international  markets,  we may be required to obtain an
approval,  license or certification  from the country's  relevant health agency.
Where a formal approval, license or certification is not required, we may seek a
favorable  opinion of counsel  regarding our compliance  with  applicable  laws.
Prior  to  entering  a new  market  in  which  a  formal  approval,  license  or
certificate  is required,  we will work  extensively  with local  authorities in
order to obtain the requisite approvals.  The approval process may require us to
present each program and product  ingredient to appropriate  regulators  and, in
some  instances,  arrange  for  testing of  products  by local  technicians  for
ingredient  analysis.  The approvals may be conditioned on  reformulation of our
products  or  may  be  unavailable   with  respect  to  some  programs  or  some
ingredients.  Product  reformulation or the inability to introduce some programs
or ingredients into a particular  market may have an adverse effect on sales. We
must also comply with program  advertising,  labeling and packaging  regulations
that vary from country to country.  Our failure to comply with these regulations
can result in our program being removed from sale in a particular market, either
temporarily or permanently.

      In the United  States,  the FTC,  which  exercises  jurisdiction  over the
advertising  of  our  programs,   has  in  the  past  several  years  instituted
enforcement  actions against several dietary supplement  companies for false and
misleading advertising of some of their products. These enforcement actions have
resulted in consent decrees and monetary payments by the companies involved.  In
addition,  the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials,  which
we also  utilize.  We  cannot  be  sure  that  the FTC  will  not  question  our
advertising  or other  operations.  In November 1998, the FTC issued a guide for
the dietary supplement industry,  describing how the FTC applies the law that it
administers to advertisements for dietary supplements. It is unclear whether the
FTC will subject  advertisements of this kind, including our advertisements,  to
increased surveillance to ensure compliance with the principles set forth in the
guide.

                                       45


      In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of our account
executives  also may affect our  business  because in some  countries  we may be
responsible for our account executives' conduct. In these countries,  regulators
may request or require that we take steps to ensure that our account  executives
comply with local regulations.  The types of regulated conduct may include:  (1)
representations  concerning our programs;  (2) income representations made by us
and/or account  executives;  (3) public media  advertisements,  which in foreign
markets may require prior approval by  regulators;  and (4) sales of programs in
markets in which the products have not been approved,  licensed or certified for
sale.

     In some markets,  it is possible that  improper  program  claims by account
executives  could  result in our  programs  being  reviewed  or  re-reviewed  by
regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or placed into another
category  as  to  which  stricter   regulations  are  applicable.   For  example
inappropriate or improper claims made about nutritional  products could see them
being   reclassified   from  being  a  food  to  a  therapeutic   good.  Such  a
reclassification would require significantly  different  registration,  labeling
and marketing  processes  being  undertaken for such a nutritional  product.  In
addition, we might be required to make advertising and labeling changes.

     Through our manuals, seminars and other training materials and programs, we
attempt to educate our account  executives and customer service  representatives
as to  the  scope  of  permissible  and  impermissible  activities  for  example
impermissible  activities in some markets may include claiming that our programs
can deliver weight reduction or that they will deliver stress relief in the work
place or increase the productivity of the workplace.  The account executives and
customer service representatives are trained to ensure that their activities and
claims  involving  the FFBI  programs do not  transgress  any of the laws of the
market in which they operate.

     We also investigate  allegations of account executive misconduct.  However,
our independent account executives generally are independent contractors, and we
are unable to monitor  directly all of their  activities.  As a consequence,  we
cannot be sure that our account  executives comply with applicable  regulations.
Misconduct by account executives could have a material adverse effect on us in a
particular  market or in  general.  For  example if the  account  executive  was
located in Australia and were to make a proven  misleading  or deceptive  claim,
the  Australian  Trade  Practices  Act 1974 (Cth) might open FFBI to a claim for
damages consisting of:
     o    compensatory damages for any injury;
     o    damages for any expenses  incurred to treat an injury or repair damage
          to property, including medical expenses;
     o    compensation for any loss of income because of injury or damage;
     o    an amount in respect of any costs which will be incurred in the future
          to treat an injury or repair damage to property; and
     o    compensation for any loss of life expectancy or ongoing  impairment of
          earning capacity.

      We are unable to  predict  the  nature of any  future  laws,  regulations,
interpretations  or  applications,  nor can we predict  what  effect  additional
governmental  regulations or  administrative  orders,  when and if  promulgated,
would have on our business in the future. They could, however,  require: (1) the
reformulation  of some products not able to be  reformulated;  (2) imposition of
additional  record  keeping  requirements;  (3)  expanded  documentation  of the
properties  of some  programs;  (4)  expanded  or  different  labeling;  and (5)
additional scientific  substantiation  regarding product ingredients,  safety or
usefulness.

      Any or all of these  requirements  could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition.

Sources of  liability  for FFBI will depend on the nature of the  activity  been
undertaken  and the  jurisdiction  that we are  operating  in.  For  example  in
Australia actions in respect of defective  services or products are likely to be
based in one or more of the following three areas of law:
     o    the Australian Federal Trade Practices Act and comparable  legislation
          in the Australian State and Territory jurisdictions; and
     o    the common law of contract; and
     o    the common law of negligence.

                                       46


Australian Federal Trade Practices Act:

The Trade  Practices Act 1974 (Cth) in broad terms,  the objectives of the Trade
Practices  Act and  similar  State  and  Territory  legislation  are to  promote
competition  and fair  trading and provide for  consumer  protection.  The Trade
Practices  Act covers  anti-competitive  and unfair  market  practices,  company
mergers or acquisitions,  product safety and product  liability.  The section of
the Act most  likely to affect FFBI is Section 52 which  prohibits  corporations
from  engaging in  misleading  or  deceptive  conduct in trade or  commerce.  It
prohibits certain false representations, for example, that services or goods are
of a particular standard, quality, value, grade, composition,  style or model or
have  a  particular  history  or  a  particular   previous  use.  Labelling  and
advertising  claims  on  products  are  susceptible  to  challenge  under  these
provisions and must be capable of  substantiation.  In assessing  whether claims
are   misleading,   courts   will  look  at  whether  the  express  and  implied
representations are correct and whether the overall impression is accurate.  The
Fair Trading  Acts of the  Australian  States and  Territories  contain  similar
provisions.  This  extremely  wide-ranging  provision has  established a norm of
conduct which, if breached,  can give rise to a variety of remedies for a person
who suffers damage.

The common law of contract:

Where a service or product is supplied by a  manufacturer  to a supplier or by a
supplier  to a  consumer  there  will be a  contract  between  the two  parties.
Australian  courts will often be prepared to find that those  contracts  include
implied  terms about the  quality of the service or product.  If those terms are
breached  then the party  which  received  the  service or product  will have an
action for breach of contract.

The common law of negligence:

The common law tort of  negligence  remains an important  source of legal rights
and  responsibilities  for service or product liability actions under Australian
law. The most significant of the common law remedies  against service  provider,
manufacturers  and  distributors  of defective  goods is the law of  negligence.
Under the law of negligence a plaintiff may recover damages from a defendant if:
o the  defendant  owes  the  plaintiff  a duty of  care  at law o the  defendant
breaches  that duty by failing to meet the standard of care required by the law;
and o the plaintiff  suffers  damage because of the breach of duty. In Australia
it is  well  settled  that a duty of  care  is  owed  by the  service  provider,
manufacturer  and  supplier of goods to the  purchaser  or user.  The common law
provides  that  the  service   provider  ought   reasonably  have  the  user  in
contemplation  when  considering  the  issues of  design,  delivery,  safety and
distribution.

Damages:

There are a number of technical  differences  between the calculation of damages
in  contract  and  negligence  and under the TPA.  However,  in broad  terms,  a
successful  plaintiff in a service or product  liability  action will be able to
recover:
     o    compensatory damages for any injury
     o    damages for any expenses  incurred to treat an injury or repair damage
          to property, including medical expenses
     o    compensation for any loss of income because of injury or damage
     o    an amount in respect of any costs which will be incurred in the future
          to treat an injury or repair damage to property; and
     o    compensation for any loss of life expectancy or ongoing  impairment of
          earning capacity.

Food:

Another  area of Law in  Australia  that can affect the FFBI are the  regulation
affecting Food as the many nutritional products are registered as a food and not
a therapeutic  good. The Australian States and Territories have food legislation
to regulate the  composition,  packaging,  advertising and labelling of food and
the hygiene of food premises and equipment.

The Australia New Zealand Food  Standards  Code is adopted by all the Australian
States and Territories. The Code prescribes labelling requirements for all food.
Certain  statements are prohibited and others are regulated and may only be used
in specific  circumstances.  For example, health and nutrition claims and claims
that a food is a food for a specific dietary use are strictly  regulated.  There
is also a general  prohibition  on the  addition of  substances  to food such as
additives,  vitamins and minerals,  and certain botanicals,  unless specifically
permitted for a particular  food. In addition to the general  requirements,  the
Code sets out prescribed standards for particular foods. Some foods must undergo
rigorous  safety  assessments  before they can be made  available for sale,  for
example, novel and genetically modified food.

                                       47


Therapeutic goods:

Therapeutic  goods must be registered and can only be manufactured by a licensed
manufacturer,   and  must  also  be  included  on  the  Australian  Register  of
Therapeutic Goods as either listed or registered goods.  There are standards for
the manufacture, composition, handling, labelling and advertising of such goods.
Therapeutic  goods may be assessed  for safety and  efficacy,  depending  on the
level of risk and the claims made on the product.  Distributors  of  therapeutic
goods  must hold the  relevant  level of  evidence  to  support  claims  made on
packaging  and in  advertising.  The  legislation  also provides a procedure for
pre-publication clearance for advertisements of certain therapeutic goods. There
are also standards for the labelling of these products.

Trade measurement:

Australian  State and  Territory  trade  measurement  legislation  also  imposes
certain  labelling  requirements for packaged foods and other packaged  consumer
products. The requirements of the legislation apply to all goods packed for sale
in Australia and goods fully imported for sale in Australia, unless specifically
exempted from the marking  requirements.  The legislation also includes offences
in relation to short measure of packaged goods.

Compliance Procedures.  We have instituted formal regulatory compliance measures
by  developing  a  system  to  identify  specific   complaints  against  account
executives  and  to  remedy  any  violations  by  account   executives   through
appropriate  sanctions,  including  warnings,  suspensions  and, when necessary,
terminations.   In  our  manuals,  seminars  and  other  training  programs  and
materials,  we emphasize  that account  executives  are  prohibited  from making
therapeutic claims.

In  order to  comply  with  regulations  that  apply to both us and our  account
executives,  we will conduct research into the applicable  regulatory  framework
prior to entering a new market in order to identify all  necessary  licenses and
approvals  and  applicable   limitations  on  our  operations  in  that  market.
Typically,  we would conduct this  research  with the  assistance of local legal
counsel and other  representatives.  We also research laws applicable to account
executive operations and revise or alter our account executive manuals and other
training  materials and programs to provide  account  executives with guidelines
for operating a business,  marketing and  distributing  our programs and similar
matters, as required by applicable  regulations in each market. We are unable to
monitor our supervisors and account  executives  effectively to ensure that they
refrain from  distributing our programs in countries where we have not commenced
operations.

It is part  of our  business  to  anticipate  and  respond  to new and  changing
regulations and to make  corresponding  changes in our  operations.  Although we
will devote resources to maintaining our compliance with regulatory  constraints
in each  market,  we  cannot  be sure  that  (1) we would be found to be in full
compliance with applicable  regulations in all markets at any given time, or (2)
the  regulatory  authorities  in one or more  markets  will not  assert,  either
retroactively  or  prospectively  or both,  that our  operations are not in full
compliance.  Depending  upon the severity of regulatory  changes in a particular
market and the changes in our operations  that would be necessitated to maintain
compliance,  these changes could result in our experiencing a material reduction
in sales in the market or determining to exit the market  altogether.  We cannot
be sure that this  transition  would not have an adverse  effect on our business
and results of operations either in the short or long term.

COMPETITION

We are  subject  to  significant  competition  for the  recruitment  of  account
executives  from network  marketing  organizations,  including those that market
weight management programs, nutritional supplements, and personal care programs,
as well as other types of products.  Some of our competitors  are  substantially
larger than we are, and have available  considerably greater financial resources
than  we  have.  HCG  Healthcorp  Group,  Healthwise  Australia,  and  Corporate
Relaxation  and Wellness are direct  competitors  in  Australia.  Our ability to
remain  competitive  depends,  in significant part, on our success in recruiting
and retaining  account  executives  through an attractive  compensation plan and
other incentives.  However,  we cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment
and retention of account executives will be successful.

The business of marketing weight management programs,  nutritional  supplements,
and personal  care  programs  also is highly  competitive.  This market  segment
includes numerous  manufacturers  including:  Omega Trend, USANA, Magnatec Inc.,
and other  marketers,  retailers and  physicians  that actively  compete for the
business of consumers. The market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new
programs or weight management plans,  including various  prescription drugs that
may rapidly capture a significant share of the market.

                                       48



SALES

Sales represent the gross sales amounts reflected on our invoices by our account
executives. Given our pricing policy is as follow:
     a.   40% is allocated to direct program consumables,  such as inoculations,
          pedometer,  nutritional supplements,  participant rewards, participant
          information packs and so forth;
     b.   10% is  allocated  to indirect  program  cost such an  allocation  for
          overheads,  quality assurance,  management  information systems and so
          forth;
     c.   35% is allocated to compensate  the customer  service  representatives
          who implement the program and  coach/monitor  the  individuals  on the
          program; and
     d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and
          out of which we pay sales commission.

We receive  the amount  reported  as "retail  sales,"  and we monitor the actual
retail  prices  charged  for our  programs.  "Net  sales"  represent  the actual
purchase  prices paid to us by our  customers , less any costs  associated  with
items (a) and (b) above. We receive our sales price in cash, check, direct debit
or through  credit card payments upon  execution of contract with  corporations.
Our use of "retail sales" in reporting financial and operating data reflects the
fundamental role of "retail sales" in our accounting systems,  internal controls
and operations. The "retail sales" price is used by us to calculate, among other
things,  bonuses  earned by licensees  and sales  commissions  earned by account
executives. We rely upon "retail sales" data reflected in daily sales reports to
monitor results of operations in each of our markets.

CUSTOMERS

As at the quarter  ending  June 30 2005 we had 16  customers  who had  generated
approximately $3,000 of revenue.

EMPLOYEES

As of May 31, 2005, we had in total 5 employees of which 4 are full-time and are
our officers and directors.  The part-time  employee assists us with office work
and reception  duties.  We have never had a work stoppage,  and no employees are
represented under collective  bargaining  agreements.  We consider our relations
with our employees to be good. We have entered into  employment  contracts  with
our employees.


INDEPENDENT ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES

As of May 31, 2005, we have 67 registered  independent  account  executives  and
customer  services  representatives  across Australia.  The independent  account
executives  and  customer  service  representatives  are not our agents and have
agreed to abide by our code of conduct and quality assured procedures.

The FFBI Code of Conduct is intended to regulate the conduct of independent  and
employed  account  executives  and customers  service  representatives.  FFBI is
responsible for administering the Code.

To ensure compliance with the Code of Conduct, FFBI may impose an administrative
sanction if a breach of the Code is found to have  occurred.  An  administrative
sanction may range from a caution through to suspension or the ultimate sanction
of dismissal if an employee or  cancellation of their contract as an independent
contractor.

The Code of Conduct is not intended to displace  any duty or  liability  that an
account executive or a customer service representative may have under the law of
the country in which they are doing business.

The objectives of the Code of Conduct are:
(a)  to  establish a proper  standard  for the conduct of business as an account
     executive or customer service representative;
(b)  to set  out  the  minimum  attributes  and  abilities  that a  person  must
     demonstrate  to  perform  as a  account  executives  and  customer  service
     representatives  under the Code of  Conduct,  including:
     (i)  being of good character;
     (ii) knowing the FFBI programs and products,  in sufficient  depth to offer
          sound and comprehensive advice to a customer;
     (iii)completing continuing professional development as required;
     (iv) being able to perform diligently and honestly;
     (v)  being able and willing to deal fairly with customers;

                                       49


     (vi) having enough  knowledge of business  procedure to conduct business as
          an account executive or customer service representative;
     (vii)properly  managing  and  maintaining  customer,  employee  and retiree
          records;
(c)  to require account  executives and customer service  representatives  to be
     accountable to the customer.

The Code of Conduct does not list  exhaustively  the acts and omissions that may
fall short of what is expected of a competent and responsible account executives
and customer service representatives. However, the Code of Conduct imposes on an
account executives and customer service  representatives  the overriding duty to
act at all times in the lawful  interests of the customer.  Any conduct  falling
short of that  requirement may make the account  executives and customer service
representatives  liable to  dismissal  if an employee or  cancellation  of their
contract as an independent contractor.

In  achieving  its  mission  FFBI looks to provide  high  quality  programs  and
products to our customers. The quality procedures implemented by FFBI strives to
ensure FFBI meets and exceed customer' needs and expectations  through fostering
a culture of continuous improvement, both at the sales and managerial level, and
by  cultivating  cooperation  and mutual  respect among  employees,  independent
contractors, customers, and suppliers.

FFB, has developed a quality assurance  process that includes systems,  methods,
and work instructions in accordance with our values and to achieve the following
objectives:
o    Providing  effective  programs by working  continuously  to meet the needs,
     desires, and satisfaction of all customers;
o    Ensuring  that  the  quality,  safety,  efficacy,   standards  are  placed,
     approved, and adhered to;
o    Ensuring that all policies,  operational procedures,  and work instructions
     are constantly revised and evaluated;
o    Verifying that adequate steps and procedures are placed and  implemented to
     ensure an ongoing  process of  improvement  through the  participation  and
     commitment of all employees and independent contractors at all levels;
o    Supporting the company's  quality assurance  procedure,  by introducing and
     utilizing the latest  technology,  innovations  and  research,  to make our
     programs of the highest quality; and
o    Developing  programs for customers  through  following  cost-effectiveness,
     well-planning,  and systematic  methods that enable measuring,  evaluating,
     and  achieving   program   attributes  in  compliance   with  the  customer
     requirements.

FFBI is strongly  committed to the FFBI quality  procedures and processes and as
proven through the implementation of ISO 9001:2000.

LICENSEE AND THE AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND LICENSE AGREEMENT

The licensee  assists FFBI enter a new market place by making available their:
o    distribution chain;
o    experience in the market place;
o    existing government and business relationships; and
o    their  profile  within the  wellness  industry  of the market  that FFBI is
     entering.

The licensee main  motivator for becoming part of the FFBI business  model is to
gain  the  increased   retail  sales  volumes  of  products  and  services  from
corporations  and  retirement   villages,   and  as  such  open  their  existing
distribution  business to the corporate market segment in addition to continuing
to target individual  retail customers.  The licensees by increasing their sales
volumes would increase their revenues and thus their  commissions and or overall
profitability.   For  example  where  the  licensee  is  an  existing  Herbalife
nutritional  products  distributor,  such as our  exiting  licensee,  LR  Global
Marketing Pty Ltd, they have provided:
o    an existing group of Herbalife product distributors,  who will primarily be
     supplying these products to individual retail customers.  A small number of
     these  distributors have met the selection  criteria to become FFBI Account
     Executives or Customer Service Representatives;
o    an  intimate  knowledge  and an existing  profile of doing  business in the
     Australian and New Zealand market places in which they operate and this has
     been demonstrated by their business success in these market place;
o    an  existing  distribution  and supply  chain  already set up as far as the
     Herbalife nutritional products are concerned; and
o    existing  corporate and government  relationship  that they are starting to
     leverage to get the FFBI programs accepted into the workplaces;

                                       50



In the  instance  that the licensee is a Herbalife  distributor  they take up an
FFBI license  because they see an  opportunity to increase their retail sales by
using the FFBI model to market to a single  corporation  that may have a hundred
employees  rather  than to  individual  retail  customers.  As such  getting  an
individual  corporate  customer with a hundred  employees can be a more cost and
time effective  mechanism of generating  greater sales of the Herbalife products
as opposed to gaining a hundred  individual  retail  customers.  Those licensees
that are Herbal Life  distributors  are  incentivized  to join FFB due to the 5%
commission  they will receive  through all sales of Herbalife  products by their
Account  executives  and  Customer  Service  representatives,  as  well  as from
receiving  1% of the  full  value  of all  contracts  signed  by  their  account
executives  from FFBI.  FFBI is  willing to  sacrifice  these  opportunities  in
exchange for revenues generated by the licensing fee and the knowledge that they
will be obtaining the service of an established  sales force.  They will also be
in a position to benefit from the branding  expenses  undertaken  by FFBI in the
form of advertisements,  as well as from the television programs FFBI intends to
launch pertaining to its products and services.


The value of the license  grant of $500,000 is  determined  on the basis of FFBI
delivering the following services to the licensee:

[ ]  Initial set up fee $50,000
          o    Assistance with the short listing,  interview and selection of up
               to 10 account executives and 10 customer service  representatives
               to join FFB;
          o    Set up and provision of all office automation and IT systems;

[ ]  Initial  set up fee  $100,000  (this may vary  depending  on the  number of
     locations)
          o    Provision  of  orientation  training  for the  licensee  their 10
               Account  Executives  and  10  customer  service   representatives
               including  on the rules of  conduct,  policies,  all  Information
               Technology  systems,  corporate  process  and  quality  assurance
               processes;
          o    A series  of  hands on  workshops  on every  element  of the FFBI
               programs on offer;
          o    A series of  workshop  for  licensee  and Account  Executives  on
               developing corporate sales process of the FFBI program;
          o    A  series  of  workshop  on  developing   existing  corporate  or
               government relationships and leads of the account executives;
          o    Assisting  licensee  and  their  account   executives   undertake
               corporate and retirement village presentations;
          o    Generating corporate sales leads for the account executives;

[ ]  Ongoing annual fee for 10 years of $35,000
          o    Developing  and  releasing  updates for all  corporate  policies,
               systems and processes;
          o    Ongoing training provision;
          o    Generating corporate sales leads for the account executives; and
          o    Hosting annual conference.

In August 2004, Subsidiary entered into a non-assignable  license agreement with
LR Global  Marketing  Pty. Ltd. ("LR  Global").  The principals of LR Global are
Laraine  Richardson  and Dianne  Waghorne.  The  principals of LR Global are not
related to FFBI,  or to its officers and directors  except as described  herein.
Pursuant to the license agreement,  LR Global has the right, for a period of ten
(10) years, to the use of our logo, our web based management information system,
marketing and promotional literature,  processes, systems, intellectual property
and attend FFBI  events for the  purpose of  generating  new  customers  for the
Company   and   for   training   account   executives   and   customer   service
representatives.


Under the terms of the license agreement, LR Global is obligated to pay $500,000
for the  grant  of the  license.  LR  Global  will as an  independent  Herbalife
distributor  receives a five (5%) percent commission  directly from Herbalife on
the sales of the Herbalife  products  generated by LR Global as part of any FFBI
program sales.  The 5% commission is a standard  commission paid by Herbalife to
independent distributors such as LR Global. FFBI has no influence, or agreement,
as to what commissions LR Global Pty Ltd will receive from Herbalife.  This is a
matter entirely determined  independently  through LR Global Pty Ltd independent
distributor  agreement  with  Herbalife.  In  connection  with the  grant of the
license agreement, Mark A. Poulsen transferred 500,000 shares of our common
stock to LR Global.  The value of the shares  transferred by Mark A. Poulsen was
estimated to be $250,000,  or $.50 per share. Such value was determined based on
the value per share  calculated  and  assigned by the board of  directors of the
company to certain  promissory  notes assumed from subsidiary  subsequent to the
execution of the exchange  agreement  which were converted into shares of common
stock of FFBI in September 2004.


                                       51


Through December 31, 2004, LR Global has paid the sum of $117,750. LR Global was
required to pay the balance of the amount owing by December 31, 2004.  LR Global
was in default of the terms of the  License  Agreement  balance  owing to us. In
June 2005,  LR Global paid us an  additional  USD$7,615  and executed an amended
license  agreement.  The amended license agreement provides for final payment of
the  balance of the  license fee within 60 days after our stock is quoted on the
OTC Bulletin Board. In addition, the principals of LR Global, Laraine Richardson
and  Dianne  Waghorne,  executed  personal  guarantees  for the  balance  of the
outstanding license fee.


FIT FOR BUSINESS IS ISO 9001:2000 CERTIFIED

      The International  Organization for  Standardization  (ISO) is a worldwide
federation of national  standards bodies from some 100 countries,  one from each
country.  ISO's work results in international  agreements which are published as
International  Standards.  ISO 9001:2000 provides an internationally  recognized
formula for running any operation  where  quality  assurance in the provision of
the service is a requirement. The requirements of the ISO 9001:2000 standard are
organized into the following five sections:
   o  Quality Management System
   o  Management Responsibility
   o  Resource Management
   o  Product Realization
   o  Measurement, analysis and improvement

The Company's  quality  management system puts in place a system whereby quality
has become part of our operation and will  continually  improve our services and
products.

      The  implementation of our quality  management system was certified to the
Australian/International  Standard AS/NZS ISO 9001:2000, and this is the highest
certification  that can be awarded for a management  system and will satisfy all
government requirements in Australia and internationally.

      What makes up our quality management system?
          o    Quality Policy - The Management's commitment to quality
          o    Quality  Manual - our overall  policy and  interpretation  of the
               standard
          o    Detailed  Work  Instructions  - documented  procedures  on how to
               complete specific task and training
          o    Job  Descriptions  - specific  tasking to staff members  ensuring
               responsibility and accountability
          o    Company Forms - the approved form used within the company
          o    A procedure for recording and fixing problems
          o    A regular internal check of the system and processes
          o    A  regular  check  by  independent  auditors  of the  system  and
               processes


                        PATENTS OR TRADEMARKS OR LICENCES

FFBI's "Fit For Business"  logo was  trademarked  and registered in Australia on
Oct 15, 1999 for a period of ten (10) years.

FFBI does not have any other trademarks, patents or licenses nor is it currently
seeking any further intellectual property rights.

                                       52


                             DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Company does not own any real property. We presently lease office space from
Mark Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd.  ("Associates").  Mark A. Poulsen is one of
our officers and directors.  The premises are located at 10/27 Mayneview Street,
Milton, Australia.  Associates lease terminated on November 30, 2004 and is on a
month to month basis.  We pay  approximately  90% of the costs  associated  with
Associates  lease.  This is  approximately  $1,383  per  month.  We also have an
agreement with Incorp Services,  Inc., located at 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1,
Las Vegas,  Nevada.  This agreement provides us with a "virtual office program."
The "virtual  office  program"  provides us with  registered  agent  services in
Nevada (since we are a Nevada corporation) and use of certain facilities such as
conference  rooms and receipt of mail.  We do not operate our business from this
location.  We will pay  approximately  $1,495 per year for the  "virtual  office
program."

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Neither our parent company nor our subsidiary,  or any of their properties, is a
party to any  pending  legal  proceeding.  We are not aware of any  contemplated
proceeding  by a  governmental  authority.  Also,  we do not  believe  that  any
director,  officer,  or affiliate,  any owner of record or  beneficially of more
than five per cent (5%) of the outstanding  common stock, or security holder, is
a party to any  proceeding  in which he or she is a party adverse to us or has a
material interest adverse to us.

                                   MANAGEMENT,
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth current  information about our executive officers
and directors

Name                  Age     Position
- ---------------       ----    --------------------------------------------------
Mark A. Poulsen        44     President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
                              the Board of Directors
Anthony F. Head        58     Senior Vice President of Sales and Director
Prins A. Ralston       41     Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Sandra L. Wendt        35     Senior Vice President of Administration, Chief
                              Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer



                                       53




The following table summarizes the information about our executive  officers and
Directors previous roles for the last five years.

                                             Date of       Date of
Name              Title/Relationship       Commencement   Cessation           Company
- ---------------   -----------------------  ------------   -----------   --------------------
                                                            
Mark A. Poulsen     Director                 December-                  Mark Poulsen &
                                                  1989      Ongoing     Associates Pty Ltd

                    Managing Director        December-                  Fit For Business
                                                  1998      Ongoing     (Australia) Pty Ltd
                    President, Chief
                    Executive Officer         January-      Ongoing     Fit For Business
                    & Chairman of the             2005                  International, Inc.
                    Board of Directors

                    Personal Assistant      September-      December-   Mark Poulsen &
                    and Chief                     1996          1998    Associates Pty Ltd
                    Financial Officer

                    Chief Financial          December-      Ongoing     Fit For Business
                    Officer                       1998                  (Australia) Pty Ltd

Sandra L. Wendt     Vice President of
                    Administration,           January-      Ongoing     Fit For Business
                    Chief                         2005                  International,Inc.
                    Financial Officer
                    and Principal
                    Accounting Officer

Anthony F. Head     Consultant and            Jan 1999      July 2001   Independent Consultant
                       Lecturer

                    Sales Director           July 2001      Ongoing      Fit For Business
                    Senior Vice                                          (Australia) Pty Ltd

                    President of Sales        January-      Ongoing      Fit For Business
                    & Director                    2005                   International, Inc.


Prins A. Ralston    Managing Director        December-      July 2001    Nexus Energy Limited.
                                                  1993

                    Partner                  July 1999      February-    Clayton Utz Solicitors
                                                                 2001    and Lawyers

                    Group General Counsel    November-      November-    Ingeus Limited.
                    and Company Secretary        2001            2004

                    Senior Vice President     January-      Ongoing      Fit For Business
                    and Chief Operating          2005                    (Austrlaia) Pty Ltd &
                                                                         Fit For Business
                                                                         International, Inc.


                                       54


Mark A. Poulsen is our President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Directors.  Mark started his career as an apprentice  carpenter in 1976
in the construction industry. He soon started his own marketing and distribution
company  Mark Poulsen &  Associates  Pty Ltd, on December 6, 1989,  distributing
Herbalife  products.  He has traveled  extensively for Herbalife,  training over
850,000  individuals  from all over the world in areas  ranging  from  sales and
marketing, promotion, administration, leadership, life enhancement, and personal
development.  After 20 years as an independent Herbalife  distributor,  he could
see the market place was  changing  and could see a need for not only  improving
corporate health but a real answer to the growing overweight and obesity issues.
He commenced  development of the Fit For Business  concept in 1998. He has spent
the last seven years  enhancing the Fit for Business  concept and programs while
continuing his involvement with Herbalife.

Since  2000,  he has  spent the last 5 years  building  and  developing  Fit For
Business  (Australia)  Pty Ltd,  while still  maintaining  his Herbalife  retail
business (Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.). As Managing Director, his duties
include recruiting and building sales networks in approximately 35 countries.

Anthony  (Tony) F. Head is our Senior Vice  President of Sales and Director.  He
graduated from Monford Sales Personnel Melbourne,  he has also completed various
courses in Selling & Sales.  He has  studied  Marketing,  Lithographic  Arts and
Computer Technology.  Tony started his career in advertising,  but soon realized
that his  vocation  was in sales.  Commencing  his  sales  career  with  Cadbury
Confectionary  in 1978,  he moved  through the chain of  management to taking on
career paths  inside the  organization  included  marketing  and  administration
roles.  Tony moved into the Direct Selling  Industry in 1984 working for Shaklee
Australia,  a large vitamin supplement and cosmetic company.  He was responsible
for the  coordination  of  Regional  Sales  Leaders.  He then  joined  Mary  Kay
Cosmetics from 1986 to 1993 as their Sales Development Director, responsible for
recruitment, motivation and education of consultants, presentations, new product
launches and public  relations.  He then joined Herbalife Ltd. as their Director
of  Communications  and  Sales  for  Pacific  Rim.  Over the next 6 years he was
responsible for sales of Herbalife products in: Taiwan,  Thailand,  Philippines,
Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, and Australia.

Tony Head worked for Herbalife  Ltd. from 1993 to January 1999. His position was
Director  of   Communications   and  Sales  for  the  Pacific   Rim.   His  main
responsibilities  were liaison with Herbalife  Distributors,  Event Coordination
and Reporting.  From 1999 to 2001, Tony was consulting to independent  marketing
distributors,  doing  guest  speaking  at  meetings  and  advising on methods of
advancement in the direct selling industry.  In 2001, he started working for Fit
For Business  Australia (Pty) Ltd on a consulting basis. He has helped build and
train the sales team, prepare presentations and event coordination.

Prins A. Ralston is our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer.  Mr.
Ralston  holds the  degrees of : Bachelor  of  Business  Computing,  Bachelor of
Business  Accounting,  Bachelor  of Laws and  Master of Laws.  Mr.  Ralston is a
Certified  Practicing  Accountant in Australia.  Mr.  Ralston is a Fellow of the
Australian  Society of Certified  Public  Accountants,  Australian  Institute of
Company Directors and the Australian  Computer  Society.  Mr. Ralston is also an
admitted Barrister and Solicitor of the Supreme courts of the Northern Territory
and Queensland, in Australia.

Mr.  Ralston was the General  Counsel and Company  Secretary  of Ingeus  Limited
(Public  unlisted  Company  in  Australia)  and its  group of  companies  (which
included  recruitment  company - Clements  Recruitment Pty Ltd, corporate health
and occupational  health and  rehabilitation  provider - Inergise  Australia Pty
Ltd,  outsourced  government  unemployment  services  provider - Work Directions
Australia,  UK , France and training  provider-  Invisage Australia Pty Ltd)from
2001 to 2004.  Mr. Ralston was a National  Partner of the Australian  legal firm
Clayton Utz from 1999 to 2001. In 2001, he resigned as the Managing  Director of
an Australian  Stock Exchange Listed company,  Nexus Energy Limited  (Australian
Stock  Exchange:  NXS).  Mr Ralston was a Director of Nexus Energy  Limited from
1993 to 2001.

                                       55




Mr.  Ralston  has  a  significant   industry   profile  being  the  Chairman  of
Publications  of  the  UNESCO  based  International  Federation  of  Information
Processing  (IFIP) as well as  having  been  Vice  President  of IFIP and a past
President of the Australian  Computer  Society and the South East Asian Computer
Confederation.

Sandra L. Wendt is our Senior Vice President of Administration,  Chief Financial
Officer and Principal  Accounting Officer.  Sandra graduated from high school in
1978, and immediately began working in a stockbroker's  office,  working her way
up to  international  settlements  and accounts  department.  She then worked in
office management for a real estate office,  managing their office,  and rentals
list,  dealing  with  trust  accounts  and  leases.  She  then  moved  into  the
Superannuation   Industry,   working  her  way  up  from  Accounts,   to  Senior
Administrator  of  their  in-house   Employer   Superannuation   Fund,  and  was
responsible for over 200 employers and 4,000 employees. Sandra was then promoted
to oversee this position as Assistant

Manager with over 25 staff under  supervision.  She started  working for Mark A.
Poulsen  and  Associates  Pty Ltd. in 1996;  with  duties in office  management,
training and accounting.  She attended  courses in Web Development and data base
design and management,  and has used both these skills to her advantage, she has
developed  business  planning,  cash flow reporting,  budgeting and forecasting,
cash  management  and customer  liaison  skills.  She has  developed  accounting
procedures and is  responsible  for the financial  control  (managing cash flow,
budgets,  income and  expense  reports  and  financial  and tax  reporting)  for
Kamaneal Investments Pty Ltd and Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd.. She has the
task of budget  forecasting as well as account  management on a daily basis. She
has also developed and  implemented the IS0 9000 :2000 system and maintains this
as the Quality Manager of the Company.

PROMOTERS

Jason Farrell and Dawn Farrell were our founders and,  therefore,  are deemed to
be our promoters.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  following  table sets forth  information  concerning  annual and  long-term
compensation,  on an annualized  basis for the last three fiscal years,  for our
President and for each of our other  executive  officers  (the "Named  Executive
Officers")  whose  compensation on an annualized  basis is anticipated to exceed
$100,000 during fiscal 2005.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION             LONG TERM COMPENSATION      SECURITIES
                                                                    RESTRICTED     UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL    FISCAL                            ANNUAL        STOCK         OPTIONS         ALL OTHER
POSITION              YEAR         SALARY    BONUS   COMPENSATION    AWARDS     (NO. OF SHARES)   COMPENSATION
- --------              ----         ------    -----   ------------    ------      --------------   ------------
                                                                             
1.   Mark Poulsen     2004        $288,986     0       $288,986         0              0
                      2003        $   0        0           0            0              0
2.   Tony Head        2004        $ 77,063     0       $ 77,063         0              0
                      2004        $   0        0           0            0              0
3.   Prins Ralston    2004        $131,007     0       $131,007         0            30,000
                      2004        $   0        0           0            0              0
4.   Sandra Wendt     2004        $ 42,385     0       $ 42,385         0              0
                      2004        $   0        0           0            0              0




                                       56


Compensation of Directors

Our directors will not receive compensation for services provided as a member of
our Board of Directors or any committee thereof, but directors may be reimbursed
for  certain  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  attendance  at Board and
committee meetings.

Employment Agreements

We presently  have entered into the  following  employment  agreements  with our
management  personnel to retain their services.  The employment  agreements were
all entered into on November 29, 2004.  However,  all of the employees commenced
their work for us in 2005. Therefore, no salaries accrued prior to January 2005.
Where bonuses are to be paid dependent on meeting budget,  the meeting of budget
refers to the annual fiscal budget which forecast our sales, revenues,  expenses
and profit.  The annual budget is approved prior to the start of the fiscal year
by our Board of Directors. At the end of the fiscal year, our Board of Directors
will approve bonuses based on whether the forecast in the budget was met.

We entered  into an  employment  agreement  with Mark A. Poulsen to serve as our
President and Chief  Executive  Officer.  Under the terms of the agreement,  Mr.
Poulsen will be compensated at the annual rate of $289,986 for services. He will
also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or  geographic-area  license
sold. In addition,  on December 1, 2004, the Board of Directors  awarded a bonus
of  approximately  $388,250 to be paid to Mr.  Poulsen  within 30 days after the
listing of our common stock on the  over-the-counter  bulletin board. This bonus
was awarded and  calculated on the basis that Mr. Poulsen would not have drawn a
salary or received any  remuneration  from the inception of him founding the Fit
for Business  Australia  Pty Ltd. in December  1998. As the view of our board of
directors was that Mr. Poulsen spent  approximately  two-thirds of his time over
the last six years  building the Australian  business,  the bonus was calculated
using Mr. Poulsen's  current  Australian  salary and applied on an approximately
two-thirds  basis over a period of six years.  The payment of the bonus was made
contingent on the listing of the common stock and capital  raising as this would
be the source of funds for the payment of the bonus.  Mr.  Poulsen's  employment
agreement does not contemplate the payment of any other bonuses.

We entered  into an  employment  agreement  with  Prins  Ralston to serve as our
Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer.  Under the terms of the
agreement,  Mr. Ralston will be  compensated at the annual rate of $131,007.  He
shall receive an annual bonus of $14,782 if we meet our budget each fiscal year.
In addition,  Mr. Ralston will be granted  options to purchase  30,000 shares of
our common  stock under an option plan,  when and if  established.  Mr.  Ralston
services  were  acquired  through one of the  largest  recruiting  companies  in
Australia and the world,  Hudson Global  Resources,  who have office world wide.
Hudson Global  Resources  undertook a extensive  global  search and  advertising
campaign  to  generate a short list of  candidates,  from which Mr.  Ralston was
selected  following an  exhaustive  series of tests and  interviews.  We will be
obligated to pay a  recruiting  fee for the  placement of Mr.  Ralston to Hudson
Global  Resources  amounting  to  approximately  $21,100.  Mr.  Ralston  has  no
affiliation with Hudson Global Resources other than that he was placed at Ingeus
Limited, his previous employer, by them.

We entered  into an  employment  agreement  with Anthony F. Head to serve as our
Senior Vice President of Sales.  Mr. Head is also our Director.  Under the terms
of the agreement, Mr. Head will be compensated at the annual rate of $77,063. He
shall receive an annual bonus of $11,086 if we meet our budget each fiscal year.
He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each  country or  geographic-area
license sold.

We entered into an employment  agreement  with Sandra Wendt to serve as our Vice
President of  Administration,  Chief Financial Officer and Principal  Accounting
Officer. Under the terms of the agreement,  Ms. Wendt will be compensated at the
annual rate of $42,385.  She shall  receive an annual bonus of $3,695 if we meet
our budget each fiscal year.


The Board of FFBI adopted a conflict of interest policy on January 4, 2005. This
policy is intended to minimize  conflicts of interest by requiring each director
to  disclose  all  material  interests  which may lead to a conflict of interest
involving  the  director or officer's  role with FFBI,  and has been filed as an
exhibit to this Form SB-2.

Under the policy, a conflict that has been noted is that:


Mark  Poulsen &  Associates  Pty Ltd is a  company  which  Mark A  Poulsen  is a
Director of and through which he runs his Herbalife  distributorship.  Herbalife
runs a network marketing systems,  under which Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd
directly  receives 5% of income from  Herbalife,  dependant on the volume of the
nutritional  products sold through  distributors who have been sponsored by Mark
Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd.

                                       57


Currently,  Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has 21  distributors  that it
has sponsored under the Herbalife  networking  systems that are also independent
FFBI account executives (16) and customer service  representatives  (5). As such
Mark A. Poulsen  should  receive some  distribution  of dividends or income from
Mark A. Poulsen and  Associates  Pty. Ltd.  that have resulted from  commissions
paid to Mark A. Poulsen and  Associates  Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of
nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and customers
service representatives.

                                  STOCK OPTIONS

To date, we have agreed in the  employment  agreement  with Mr. Ralston to grant
him at a future  date  30,000  stock  options.  We have not granted or agreed to
grant any other stock options to our directors or officers.  On July 25, 2004 we
issued 2,000,000 options to purchase common shares to Fort Street Equity Inc. in
consideration  for $10,000 or $0.005 per option.  The options  grant Fort Street
Equity,  Inc. the right to purchase  2,000,000 common shares of our stock at the
greater of the market price, as determined under the agreement,  less a discount
of 40%, or $0.50 per share. The options expire on December 31, 2005. Fort Street
Equity,  Inc.  subsequently  sold 100,000 options to the Ralston  Superannuation
Fund, a related party,  for $19,305,  and 50,000  options to Bruce  Gilling,  an
unrelated party, for $15,000.

We have not issued any stock options to any officers, directors or staff.

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following are the only persons beneficially owning,  directly or indirectly,
or exercising  control or direction over more than 5% of voting rights  attached
to the shares of our common  stock both prior to the  Offering  and after giving
effect to the Offering and the exercise of the options being  registered in this
Registration Statement:


Name and Address                     Amount and Nature   Percent of    Percent
of Beneficial Owner                  of Beneficial       Class (4)(5)  of Class
                                     Ownership                         including
                                                                       Preferred
                                                                       Shares(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mark A. Poulsen                      13,780,000(1)         60.25%       57.53%
10/27 Mayneview Street
Milton, Queensland, Australia

Anthony F. Head                         275,000(2)          1.20%        1.15%
18 Ti Tree Grove
Mornington, Victoria, Australia

Sandra Wendt                            100,000             0.44%        0.42%
30 Cambridge Crescent
Forest Lake, Queensland, Australia

Prins Ralston                           100,000(7)          0.44%        0.42%
10/27 Mayneview Street
Milton, Queensland, Australia

Fort Street Equity, Inc.
Box 866                               3,626,500(3)         15.86%       15.19%
George Town, Grand Cayman Islands

Executive Officers and               14,255,000            62.33%       59.72%
Directors as a Group
(4 Persons)

(1) Includes 10,700,000 shares issued to Kamaneal Investments Pty Ltd as trustee
for Mark Poulsen Family Trust;1,540,000 issued to Mark Poulsen; 1,540,000 issued
to Karen Poulsen.
(2) Includes 25,000 shares held by Brenda Head, Anthony Head's wife.
(3) Mitchell  Stough is the  principal of Fort Street  Equity,  Inc. Fort Street
owns 914,000  shares,  Mitchell  Stough owns 750,000  shares and Kellie  Stough,
Mitchell's  wife, owns 112,500 shares.  The line indicating 3, 626,500 shares is
based on the  2,000,000  options that Fort Street Equity holds that convert into
2,000,000  shares of our common  stock.  The  percentage  is based on 22,870,000
shares of common stock issued and  outstanding as of July 29, 2005 including the
2,000,000  shares  underlying the options.  Fort Street sold options as follows:
100,000 to Ralston Superannuation Fund; Bruce Gilling - 50,000.  Therefore,  the
total amount of shares of common stock underlying  options included in the table
for Fort Street Equity is 1,850,000.

                                       58




(4) Based on 20,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of July
29, 2005. Fort Street Equity owns 2,000,000 options.  Therefore, its calculation
is based on 22,870,000.
(5) Excludes 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares held by Mark A. Poulsen, each
preferred  share  having the right to 50 votes in annual or special  meetings of
shareholders.
(6) Based on 22,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of July
29, 2005 plus Mr. Poulsen's 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares.
(7)  The  Ralston  Superannuation  Fund  (which  is  beneficially  owned  by Mr.
Ralston's  family owns 100,000 options that are convertible  into 100,000 shares
of our common stock.


                                    DILUTION

As of March 31,  2005,  the Company had a pro forma net  tangible  book value of
approximately  $884,983,  or $0.04 per share of common stock outstanding,  after
giving effect to the assumed  exercise of 2,000,000  options held by Fort Street
Equity,  Inc. to acquire a like number of shares of Common  Stock.  Net tangible
book value equals the tangible net worth of the Company (total  tangible  assets
less  total  liabilities)  divided  by the  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.  After giving effect to the sale by the Company of shares of Common
Stock at various levels of proceeds as presented in this Offering at the initial
offering  price of $1.50 per  share,  after  deducting  the  estimated  Offering
expenses (of which $71,254 of related expenses have been paid prior to March 31,
2005), the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company and amount per share
as of March 31, 2005,  would have been  approximately  as presented in the table
below.  The  following  table  shows  the  immediate  increase  in pro forma net
tangible  book value to current  stockholders  and an immediate  dilution to new
investors.  The following  table  illustrates  the per share dilution at various
levels of proceeds from the Offering:

                                                                 Assumed Net Proceeds Raised Under Offering
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            
                                                       $4,400,000   $2,700,000   $1,200,000   $  700,000   $  350,000
                                                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Assumed initial public offering price per share (1)    $     1.50   $     1.50   $     1.50       $ 1.50   $     1.50
                                                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Pro forma net tangible book value before the Offering        0.04         0.04         0.04         0.04         0.04
Increase attributable to new investors                       0.17         0.11         0.05         0.03         0.02
                                                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Pro forma net tangible book value after the Offering         0.21         0.15         0.09         0.07         0.06
                                                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Dilution per share to new investors                    $     1.29   $     1.35   $     1.41       $ 1.43   $     1.44
                                                       ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

- -------------------------------------
(1)  Represents  the initial  public  offering  price per share of Common  Stock
before deducting Offering expenses payable by the Company.



                            [See table on next page].


                                       59




                                        Assumed Net Proceeds Raised Under Offering
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
                           $ 4,400,000   $ 2,700,000   $ 1,200,000   $   700,000   $   350,000
                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Shares Purchased:
  Existing stockholders     22,870,000    22,870,000    22,870,000    22,870,000    22,870,000
  New Investors              3,000,000     1,866,667       866,667       533,333       300,000
                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
     Totals                 25,870,000    24,736,667    23,736,667    23,403,333    23,170,000
                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Percentage:
  Existing Stockholders            88%           92%           96%           98%           99%
  New Investors                    12%            8%            4%            2%            1%
                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
     Totals                       100%          100%          100%          100%          100%
                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Total Consideration:
  Existing stockholders    $   884,983   $   884,983   $   884,983   $   884,983   $   884,983
  New Investors              4,500,000     2,800,000     1,300,000       800,000       450,000
                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
     Totals                $ 5,384,983   $ 3,684,983   $ 2,184,983   $ 1,684,983   $ 1,334,983
                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Percentage:
  Existing Stockholders            16%           24%           41%           53%           66%
  New Investors                    84%           76%           59%           47%           34%
                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
     Totals                       100%          100%          100%          100%          100%
                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Average Price Per Share:
  Existing Stockholders         $ 0.04        $ 0.04        $ 0.04        $ 0.04        $ 0.04
  New Investors                   1.50          1.50          1.50          1.50          1.50



The  foregoing  table  reflects the  exercise of 2,000,000  options held by Fort
Street  Equity,  Inc.  and others to  purchase a like number of shares of Common
Stock at an assumed purchase price of $0.50 per share.


                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


We  are  registering  1,784,000  shares  of our  common  stock  by our  existing
shareholders and an additional  2,000,000 shares of our common stock issuable in
connection  with  outstanding  common stock.  The following table sets forth the
name of each  Selling  Security  Holder,  the  number of shares of common  stock
beneficially  owned by the Selling Security Holders as of July 29, 2005, and the
number of shares being  offered by each  Selling  Security  Holder.  None of the
selling  security  holders  listed below are  broker-dealers  or  affiliates  of
broker-dealers.  Any changes to this list of selling  security  holders  will be
disclosed via an amendment to this form SB-2.



                                       60




- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
  Name of Selling Stockholder        Shares of       Percent of    Shares of Common     Number of    Percent
                                    Common Stock       Common      Stock to be sold       Shares       of
                                   Owned Prior to      Shares       in the Offering    owned after    Shares
                                    the Offering    Owned Prior                        the Offering   owned
                                                       to the                                         after
                                                     Offering (1)                                    Offering (3)
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
                                                                                      
Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for (KL
Notaras Family Trust) (4)               95,000             *              95,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Mushroom Systems International          15,000             *              15,000              0         0
Pty Ltd (10)
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Dean Harrison Family Trust (5)          30,000             *              30,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Jaroluin Pty Ltd (11)                   30,000             *              30,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Leigh Troy                              30,000             *              30,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Kendal Robinson                         15,000             *              15,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Mark Hoey                              120,000             *             120,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
GL Ray Enterprises (12)                 15,000             *              15,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Roan Lee                                30,000             *              30,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
The Credence Superannuation             60,000             *              60,000              0         0
Fund (6)
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Vexa Superannuation Fund (7)            20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Boyana & Dragan Aralica                 10,000             *              10,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Heather Kraus                           10,000             *              10,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Wibcara Pty Ltd As Trustee For          10,000             *              10,000              0         0
Kraus Superannuation Fund (8)
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Maria Corry                             20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Clifford Henkel                         20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Helen Hughes                            40,000             *              40,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Linda Wild                              70,000             *              70,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Ann Maree Wood                          10,000             *              10,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Walter Puawai McDermott                 20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Zainon Binte Ismail                     10,000             *              10,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
James & Joan Stewart as
Trustees of the R Stewart Pty
Ltd Superannuation Fund (9)             40,000             *              40,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Maxwell Spackman                        10,000             *              10,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Benjamin David Spackman                 20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Lily Lee Lee Lee                        20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Roslina Binte Mohamed Sa'ad             20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Robert E. & Valda J. Bradley            20,000             *              20,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Donald Howell Wild                      50,000             *              10,000          40,000       .19%
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Denise Linsley-Hayles                   10,000             *              10,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Wayne Jobson                            40,000             *              40,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Fort Street Equity, Inc. (2)         1,776,500           8.51%         2,764,000         862,500      3.33%
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Bruce Gilling (13)                       0                 0              50,000              0         0
- --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Ralston Superannuation Fund (14)         0                 0             100,000              0        00


                                       61


      * - Less than 1%
     (1)  Assumes all of the shares of common stock  offered in this  prospectus
          are sold and no other  shares of  common  stock  are sold  during  the
          offering  period.  The  percentage  of shares  is based on  20,870,000
          shares issued and outstanding as of July 29, 2005.
     (2)  Fort Street Equity, Inc. owns 1,850,000 options which may be converted
          into  1,850,000  shares of our common  stock.  Up to 1,850,000 of such
          options are being  registered in this  prospectus and are not included
          in the amount of shares owned prior to the offering.  Mitchell  Stough
          is the  beneficial  owner.  Fort Street  Equity,  Inc.  holds  914,000
          shares;  Mitchell  Stough  owns  750,000  shares  and  Kellie  Stough,
          Mitchell's wife owns 112,500 shares.  The shares being  registered are
          the 914,000  owned by Fort Street and the  1,850,000  shares of common
          stock Underlying the options.
     (3)  Based  on  25,870,000  shares  issued  and outstanding  including  the
          2,000,000  options held by Fort Street Equity,  Inc. and the 3,000,000
          shares to be offered hereunder.
     (4)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment  control are John
          Kriedemann and Kathleen Notaras.
     (5)  The  beneficial  owner who has voting and  investment  control is Dean
          Harrison.
     (6)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment  control are Mark
          and Beverly Sullivan.
     (7)  The  beneficial  owners who have  voting and  investment  control  are
          Larisa Markiza Olszewaka and Nicole Louise Lawrence.
     (8)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are Peter
          and Heather Kraus.
     (9)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are James
          and Joan Stewart.
     (10) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment  control is Warrick
          Prince.
     (11) The  beneficial  owner who has voting and  investment  control is Inez
          Hanson.
     (12) The beneficial  owner who has voting and investment  control is Graham
          Ray.
     (13) Mr. Gilling purchased 50,000 options from Fort Street Equity, Inc. The
          50,000 shares being  registered  represents the shares  underlying the
          options.
     (14) Ralston Superannuation Fund purchased 100,000 options from Fort Street
          Equity, Inc. The 100,000 shares being registered represents the shares
          underlying  the  options.  The  beneficial  owners who have voting and
          investment control are Prins and Leanne Ralston.

                         Shares Eligible for Future Sale

As of July 29, 2005, there are no shares of common  stock  currently  issued and
outstanding which are freely tradable without  restrictions under the Securities
Act. In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  any of our  affiliates
and any person (or persons  whose  sales are  aggregated)  who has  beneficially
owned his or her restricted shares for at least one year, is entitled to sell in
the open market within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock
that does not exceed the  greater  of (i) 1% of our then  outstanding  shares of
common  stock,  or (ii) the average  weekly  trading  volume in our common stock
during the four calendar weeks  preceding  such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 also
are subject to certain limitations on manner of sale, notice  requirements,  and
the availability of current public information about us. Our non-affiliates, who
have held their restricted shares for two years are entitled to all their shares
under Rule 144 without  regard to any of the above  limitations,  provided  they
have not been affiliates for the three months preceding such sale.

                                       62


Shares held by shareholders  who were promoters or affiliates of the blank check
company even after a merger with us, may not be sold in reliance on Rule 144.

We are  not  quoted  on the  Over-the-Counter  Bulletin  Board.  Following  this
offering,  no  predictions  can be made of the effect,  if any, of future public
sales of restricted  securities or the availability of restricted securities for
sale in the public market.  Moreover,  we cannot predict the number of shares of
our common  stock that may be sold in the future  pursuant  to Rule 144  because
such sales will depend on, among other  factors,  the market price of our common
stock and the individual  circumstances of the holders thereof. The availability
for sale of  substantial  amounts  of our  common  stock  under  rule 144  could
adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The offering of a maximum of  3,000,000 of our common  shares is being made on a
self-underwritten  basis by us  through  Mark  Poulsen  and Prins  Ralston,  our
officers and director who will not be paid any commission or other  compensation
and without the use of securities brokers.

Currently,  we have not established an underwriting  arrangement for the sale of
these  shares.  Messrs.  Poulsen and Ralston  will be the only persons that will
conduct the direct public offering.  They intend to offer and sell the shares in
the primary  offering through their business and personal  contacts.  There is a
possibility  that no proceeds will be raised or that if any proceeds are raised,
they may not be sufficient to cover the cost of the offering.

Messrs. Poulsen and Ralston are the only persons that plan to sell our shares of
common  stock.  They are not  registered  broker-dealers.  They  intend to claim
reliance  on  Exchange  Act Rule 3a4-1  which  provides  an  exemption  from the
broker-dealer   registration  requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act  for  persons
associated with an issuer.  Specifically,  each of them (i) at the time of sale,
will not be subject to a statutory  disqualification  as that term is defined in
section 3(a)39 of the Securities Act; (ii) will not be compensated in connection
with his  participation  in the  offering  by  payment of  commissions  or other
remuneration; at the time of participation in the sale of shares, he will not be
an  associated  person  of  a  broker  or  a  dealer;   (iii)  at  the  time  of
participation,  will not be an associated person of a broker or dealer; and (iv)
pursuant to Rule  3a4-1(a)(4)(ii),  each of them will meet all of the  following
requirements:  at the end of the offering,  they will perform substantial duties
for us, other than in connection with  transactions in securities;  each of them
was not a broker or dealer, or an associated person of a broker or dealer within
the last 12 months; and each of them has not participated in, or does not intend
to  participate  in,  selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than
once every 12 months  other than in reliance on  paragraph(a)(4)(i)  or (iii) of
Rule 3a4-1.

                                       63


Our Selling  Security  Holders may offer their shares during our  offering.  The
Selling Security Holders may sell some or all of their shares  immediately after
they are registered.  There is no restriction on the Selling Security Holders to
address the  negative  effect on the price of your shares due to the  concurrent
primary and secondary  offering.  In the event that the Selling Security Holders
sell some or all of their  shares,  which could occur while we are still selling
shares  directly to investors in this  offering,  trading  prices for the shares
could fall below the  offering  price of the shares.  In such  event,  we may be
unable to sell all of the shares to investors, which would negatively impact the
offering. As a result, our planned operations may suffer from inadequate working
capital.

The selling  stockholders  will sell their  common  stock at $1.50 per until our
shares  of  common  stock are  quoted  on the OTC  Bulletin  Board (or any other
recognized exchange). Thereafter, the selling stockholders may sell their shares
at prevailing market prices or privately  negotiated prices.  Based on this, the
purchasers in this offering may be receiving an illiquid security.

The selling option holder shares may be sold or distributed from time to time by
the selling optionholder or by pledges,  donees or transferees of, or successors
in interest  to, the selling  optionholder,  directly to one or more  purchasers
(including  pledges) or through  brokers,  dealers or  underwriters  who may act
solely  as  agents  or may  acquire  shares  as  principals,  at  market  prices
prevailing  at the time of sale,  at prices  related to such  prevailing  market
prices,  at  negotiated  prices or at fixed  prices,  which may be changed.  The
distribution  of the  shares  may be  effected  in one or more of the  following
methods:

     o    ordinary brokers transactions, which may include long or short sales,

     o    transactions  involving  cross or block  trades on any  securities  or
          market where our common stock is trading,

     o    purchases by brokers,  dealers or underwriters as principal and resale
          by such purchasers for their own accounts pursuant to this prospectus,
          "at the market" to or through market makers or into an existing market
          for the common stock,

     o    in other  ways not  involving  market  makers or  established  trading
          markets,  including  direct  sales to  purchasers  or  sales  effected
          through agents,

     o    through  transactions in options,  swaps or other derivatives (whether
          exchange listed or otherwise), or

     o    any  combination of the foregoing,  or by any other legally  available
          means.

In addition,  the selling  stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with
broker-dealers who may engage in short sales, if short sales were permitted,  of
shares in the course of hedging  the  positions  they  assume  with the  selling
stockholders.  The  selling  stockholders  may also enter  into  option or other
transactions   with   broker-dealers   that   require   the   delivery  by  such
broker-dealers of the shares,  which shares may be resold thereafter pursuant to
this prospectus.

Brokers,  dealers,  underwriters or agents  participating in the distribution of
the shares may receive  compensation  in the form of discounts,  concessions  or
commissions  from the selling  stockholders  and/or the purchasers of shares for
whom such broker-dealers may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal,
or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may be in excess of
customary  commissions).  The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers acting
in  connection  with  the  sale of the  shares  hereunder  may be  deemed  to be
underwriters  within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933,
and any  commissions  received  by them and any profit  realized  by them on the
resale of shares as principals may be deemed underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act of 1933.  Neither the selling  stockholders  nor we can presently
estimate the amount of such  compensation.  We know of no existing  arrangements
between the selling  stockholders  and any other  stockholder,  broker,  dealer,
underwriter or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the shares.

We will not  receive  any  proceeds  from the sale of the shares of the  Selling
Security  Holders  pursuant  to this  prospectus.  We have  agreed  to bear  the
expenses of the registration of the shares, including legal and accounting fees,
and such expenses are estimated to be approximately $100,000.

                                       64


We have  informed the Selling  Security  Holders that certain  anti-manipulative
rules  contained in Regulation M under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 may
apply to their sales in the market and have  furnished the selling  stockholders
with a copy of such rules and have  informed  them of the need for  delivery  of
copies of this prospectus.  The selling stockholders may also use Rule 144 under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 to sell the  shares if they meet the  criteria  and
conform to the requirements of such rule.


                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

On September 14, 2004, we acquired all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
Subsidiary  from Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty.  Ltd. in
exchange for 15,000,000  shares of our common stock and 1,000,000  shares of our
Series "A"  preferred  stock  which were  issued to Mark A.  Poulsen and to Mark
Poulsen & Associates  Pty Ltd.  Mark A.  Poulsen  subsequently  transferred  the
following common shares in reliance on the exemption from registration  provided
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933:

         Sandra L. Wendt (employee)                             100,000
         Brenda Head (employee)                                  25,000
         Jim Cooper (employee)                                   25,000
         Tony Head & Associates Pty Ltd. (director)             250,000
         Andrew Flannigan (former employee)                      30,000
         Evan Kalaitzis (independent contractor)                 10,000
                                                             ----------
         Total                                                  440,000
                                                             ==========

In addition,  Mark A. Poulsen  transferred  shares to the following  persons and
corporations in reliance on the exemption from registration  provided by Section
4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933:

         Donald Howell Wild                                      40,000
         LR Global Marketing Pty. Ltd.                          500,000
         Kellie Stough                                          112,500
         Louise Murray                                          112,500
                                                             ----------
         Total                                                  765,000
                                                             ==========

On September  14, 2004, an advance to us of $7,500 by a former  director,  Wayne
Hoskins,  was  satisfied  by the  issuance of 15,000  shares of our common stock
provided personally by Mark Poulsen, our officer and director.

On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting  services of $20,000 for Donald Howell
Wild was  satisfied  by the issuance of 40,000  shares of common stock  provided
personally by Mark Poulsen, our officer and director.

On August 25, 2004,  Fit For  Business  (Australia)  Pty Limited  entered into a
License  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  with LR Global  Marketing  Pty Ltd. ("LR
Global"),  an  Australian  Corporation  acting as trustee  for Fit For  Business
Australia/New Zealand Trust (the "trust"). The principals of LR Global Marketing
Pty Ltd are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, and the beneficiaries of the
trust are Laraine  Richardson and Dianne  Waghorne.  The principals of LR Global
Marketing Pty Ltd. and the beneficiaries of the trust being the same persons are
not related to the Company,  or to  Australia,  or to its officers and directors
except as described herein. Under the terms of the Agreement, LR Global has been
granted a non-assignable  license to represent Fit For Business  (Australia) Pty
Limited  within  Australia  and New  Zealand  for a term of ten  (10)  years  in
consideration  for the payment of a licensing fee in the amount of USD $500,000.
Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, LR Global may use the Company's logo our
web based management information system,  marketing and promotional  literature,
processes,  systems,  intellectual  property  and attend  FFBI  events,  for the
purpose of generating  new  customers  for the Company and for training  Account
Executives  and  Customer  Service  Representatives.  Subsequent  to  the  share
exchange  transaction  of Sept 14,  2004,  Mark A. Poulsen  transferred  500,000
common  shares to LR Global.  To date,  LR Global has paid USD  $117,750  and we
agreed to extend  until May 31, 2005 the deadline for the payment of the balance
of the  amount  owing to us.  In June  2005,  LR  Global  paid us an  additional
USD$7,615  and  executed  an amended  license  agreement.  The  amended  License
agreement provides for final payment of the balance of the license fee within 60
days  after our stock is quoted on the OTC  Bulletin  Board.  In  addition,  the
principals  of LR  Global,  Laraine  Richardson  and Dianne  Waghorne,  executed
personal guarantees for the balance of the outstanding license fee.

                                       65


Mitchell  Stough is the  principal of Fort Street Equity Inc.  ("Fort  Street").
Fort Street  entered into an option  agreement  with us and has the option after
sales of 150,000  options  later  described  herein to purchase up to  1,850,000
shares of our common stock. In addition,  Kellie Stough,  the spouse of Mitchell
Stough, holds 112,500 shares of our common stock. The shares were transferred to
Kellie  Stough by Mark  Poulsen in  consideration  for  consulting  services  by
Mitchell  Stough  provided to Subsidiary.  In addition,  Fort Street Equity Inc.
holds 914,000 common shares, and Mitchell Stough holds a further 750,000 shares.

Mark A. Poulsen also transferred  40,000 shares to Mr. Donald Wild. Mr. Wild has
assisted  Subsidiary  in  raising  capital  and has also  purchased  convertible
promissory notes ($10,000).

We presently  lease  office  space from Mark  Poulsen & Associates  Pty Ltd. Mr.
Poulsen is one of our officers and directors.

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty.  Ltd. is a company  which Mark A Poulsen is a
Director of and through which he runs his Herbalife  distributorship.  Herbalife
runs a network  marketing  system.  Mark Poulsen &  Associates  Pty Ltd directly
receives  5%  commission  from  Herbalife,   dependant  on  the  volume  of  the
nutritional  products sold through  distributors who have been sponsored by Mark
Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd directly or indirectly through  distributors in his
network.  Sales  for the last 2  financial  years  from July 1, 2002 to June 30,
2004,  totaled $591. The total commission paid to Mark Poulsen & Associates from
Herbalife Ltd. for such sales amounted to $30.

Currently,  Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has 21  distributors  that it
has  sponsored  under the  Herbalife  networking  systems  that are signed up as
independent FFBI account  executives (16) and customer  service  representatives
(5). As such Mark A. Poulsen  should receive some  distribution  of dividends or
income from Mark A. Poulsen and  Associates  Pty.  Ltd.  that have resulted from
commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a
result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and
customers service representatives. This is a conflict of interest and may result
in his allegiance being swayed.


Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty.  Ltd. is an Australian  private  entity and a
shareholder.  It is wholly owned by Mark A.  Poulsen,  our  President  and Chief
Executive Officer. See the table below for amounts owed by (due to) the Company.

Kamaneal  Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder
of the Company  owned by Mark A.  Poulsen,  our  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer,  and Karen  Poulsen,  his wife.  The purpose of this company is to hold
investments  for Mr. and Mrs.  Poulsen.  See the table below for amounts owed by
(due to) the Company.

Mark A. and Karen Poulsen  incur  expenses on behalf of the Company from time to
time.  Mark A.  Poulsen  is the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company. See the table below for amounts owed by (due to) the Company.

Mr. GL Ray is a shareholder of FFBI. Mr. Ray has provided a working capital loan
to the Company as described in the table below.

For the amounts due to (from) related parties in the following table, all of the
related party transactions  presented are for working capital,  are non-interest
bearing, and have no terms for repayment.

                       Loans Due to (From) Related Parties
                       -----------------------------------

                                                          June 30,
                                        March 31,   --------------------
                                          2005        2004        2003
                                        --------    --------    --------

     Mark A. Poulsen & Associates       $(12,286)   $ 88,261    $132,075
     Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd.       39,326     (26,880)      3,943
     Mark A. and Karen Poulsen               377         337         326
     GL Ray                                5,045        --          --
     Wayne Hoskin                           --         7,500      11,341
                                        --------    --------    --------
       Total                            $ 32,462    $ 69,218    $147,685
                                        ========    ========    ========


                                       66


Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder,  is the  uncle
of Linda Wild, also a former note holder and current  stockholder.  In addition,
Mr.  Wild is the  father of  Laraine  Richardson,  a  principal  in L.R.  Global
Marketing Pty. Ltd., which entity entered into a License  Agreement us on August
24, 2004.  Mr. Wild also assisted us with the private  placement of the notes by
marketing the placement,  and was responsible for the subscription agreements of
several note holders.  Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000. The liability
to Mr. Wild was  satisfied by the transfer of 40,000  shares of our common stock
directly to him from the shares received from the Exchange  Agreement by Mark A.
Poulsen, at a value of $.50 per share. We credited paid-in capital for the value
of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

We completed a private  placement of promissory notes to thirty  individuals and
entities  and  received  proceeds  of  $365,000.  The  noteholders  subsequently
converted the  promissory  notes to 870,000  shares of our common stock.  Of the
thirty  individuals  and  entities  that  subscribed  to the  private  placement
offering,  twelve parties are considered  both account  executives  (part of our
independent marketing group) and independent Herbalife distributors,  and six of
the parties are only independent Herbalife distributors. Mark A. Poulsen is also
an independent Herbalife distributor.

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The  following  is a  summary  description  of our  capital  stock  and  certain
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, copies of which have
been  incorporated  by  reference as exhibits to the  registration  statement of
which this prospectus forms a part. The following discussion is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such exhibits.

Common Stock

We are  presently  authorized  to issue  100,000,000  shares  of $.001 par value
common  stock.  As of July 29, 2005,  we had  20,870,000  shares of common stock
outstanding. The holders of our common stock are entitled to equal dividends and
distributions  when,  as, and if declared by the Board of  Directors  from funds
legally  available  therefore.  No  holder of any  shares of common  stock has a
preemptive  right to  subscribe  for any of our  securities,  nor are any common
shares subject to redemption or convertible into other of our securities, except
for  outstanding  options  described  above.  Upon  liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up, and after payment of creditors and preferred  stockholders,  if any,
the assets will be divided pro-rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders
of the shares of common  stock.  Each share of common  stock is  entitled to one
vote with respect to the election of any director or any other matter upon which
shareholders  are required or permitted to vote.  Holders of our common stock do
not have  cumulative  voting  rights,  so the  holders  of more  than 50% of the
combined  shares  voting  for the  election  of  directors  may elect all of the
directors  if they  choose to do so,  and,  in that  event,  the  holders of the
remaining  shares  will  not be  able to  elect  any  members  to the  Board  of
Directors.

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 10,000,000  shares of $.001 par value preferred
stock. As of July 29, 2005, we have issued  1,000,000  preferred  shares to Mark
Poulsen.  Each of the preferred shares carry no dividend rights,  no liquidation
rights, no pre-emptive rights, no conversion rights and no redemption rights but
carry 50  votes  in  general  and  special  meetings.  The  remaining  9,000,000
preferred shares have not been issued.  Under our Certificate of  Incorporation,
the  Board of  Directors  will have the  power,  without  further  action by the
holders of the common stock, to designate the relative rights and preferences of
the preferred  stock,  and to issue the preferred stock in one or more series as
designated by the Board of Directors.  The designation of rights and preferences
could include  preferences as to liquidation,  redemption and conversion rights,
voting rights,  dividends or other preferences,  any of which may be dilutive of
the  interest of the holders of the common stock or the  preferred  stock of any
other series. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of our company without further shareholder action
and may adversely affect the rights and powers,  including voting rights, of the
holders of common  stock.  In certain  circumstances,  the issuance of preferred
stock could depress the market price of the common stock.


                                       67


Options

On July 25, 2004, we issued a total of 2,000,000  options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc.,  which  options we are  registering  under this  prospectus.  Each  option
provides  the option  holder the right to purchase one share of our common stock
at the greater of:

     (1) a 40% discount  from the average  closing bid price of our common stock
     on a public  exchange during the 10 trading days  immediately  prior to the
     exercise of the option or

     (2)  $0.50 per  share.  The  options  can be  exercised  at any time  until
     December 31, 2005. To date, no options have been exercised.

Subsequent to July 25, 2004, Fort Street Equity, Inc. has sold 50,000 options to
Bruce Gilling and 100,000 options to the Ralston Superannuation Fund.


                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                       ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

During  the two most  recent  fiscal  years and the  nine-month  interim  period
subsequent  to March 31,  2005,  there  have been no  disagreements  with  Davis
Accounting  Group P.C.,  our  independent  auditor,  on any matter of accounting
principles or practices,  financial statement  disclosure,  or auditing scope or
procedure.

                                 TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer  agent for our common  stock is NW  Securities  Transfer  Agent and
Registrar Inc., 14780 SW Osprey Drive, Suite 240, Beaverton Oregon, 97009.


                                     EXPERTS

The financial  statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Davis
Accounting  Group,  P.C.,  independent  auditors,  as  stated  in their  reports
appearing  herein and  elsewhere in the  registration  statement  (which  report
expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring
to our recurring losses from operations which raise  substantial doubt about our
ability to continue as a going  concern),  and have been so included in reliance
upon the  reports  of such  firm  given  upon  their  authority  as  experts  in
accounting and auditing.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common shares offered will be passed upon for us by Anslow &
Jaclin, LLP, Manalapan, New Jersey 07726.



                                       68


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004




Financial Statements-

   Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2005 (Unaudited)............................F-2

   Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) for the Nine-month
     Periods Ended March 31, 2005, and 2004, and
     Cumulative from Inception (Unaudited) ..................................F-3

   Statements of Stockholder's (Deficit) for the Periods from Inception
     Through March 31, 2005 (Unaudited) .....................................F-4

   Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine-month Periods Ended March 31,
     2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception (Unaudited) ..............F-5

   Notes to Financial Statements for the Periods
     Ended March 31, 2005, and 2004 (Unaudited)..............................F-7






                                      F-1


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                             BALANCE SHEET (NOTE 2)
                              AS OF MARCH 31, 2005
                                   (Unaudited)

                                     ASSETS
                                     ------
                                                                     2005
                                                                  ----------
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalent                                        $    5,569
  Accounts Receivable-
    License fee                                                      382,250
    Related party - Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.               12,286
    Other                                                              1,106
  Inventory                                                            2,433
                                                                  ----------
    Total current assets                                             403,644
                                                                  ----------
Property and Equipment:
   Office and computer equipment                                       1,832
   Furniture and fixtures                                                185
   Web site development costs                                          5,006
                                                                  ----------
                                                                       7,023
   Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization                   (4,868)
                                                                  ----------
                                                                       2,155
   Software development in progress                                   40,502
                                                                  ----------
     Net property and equipment                                       42,657
                                                                  ----------
Other Assets:
  Trademark                                                              231
  Less - Accumulated amortization                                       (151)
  Deferred offering costs                                             71,254
                                                                  ----------
    Total other assets                                                71,334
                                                                  ----------
Total Assets                                                      $  517,635
                                                                  ==========

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
                     ---------------------------------------

Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable - trade                                        $   50,272
  Accrued liabilities                                                 67,605
  Loans from related parties                                          44,748
  Deferred revenue - License fee                                     470,027
                                                                  ----------
    Total current liabilities                                        632,652
                                                                  ----------
    Total liabilities                                                632,652
                                                                  ----------

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' (Deficit):
  Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares
     authorized; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding               1,000
  Common stock, par value $.001, 100,000,000 shares
     authorized; 20,870,000 shares issued and outstanding             20,870
  Additional paid-in capital                                         604,482
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)                             (40,241)
  (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage                (701,128)
                                                                  ----------
    Total stockholders' (deficit)                                   (115,017)
                                                                  ----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit)                     $  517,635
                                                                  ==========


                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                   are an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                      F-2




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) (NOTE 2)
                        FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
             MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION
                   (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH MARCH 31, 2005

                                                                 9 Months Ended
                                                                     March 31,             Cumulative
                                                          ----------------------------        From
                                                               2005            2004         Inception
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                           (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)
                                                                                 
Revenues:
  Revenues from sales and license fees                    $     40,501    $         95    $     48,796
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

              Total revenues                                    40,501              95          48,796
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

Cost of Goods Sold:
   Cost of goods sold                                            2,286              82           6,010
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Gross Profit (Loss)                                             38,215              13          42,786
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

Expenses:
  General and administrative-
     Wages, compensation and related taxes                      85,989          29,161         282,605
     Legal, accounting and consulting fees                      88,374           2,836         110,041
     Advertising and promotion                                  30,294             138          38,687
     Depreciation and amortization                               1,485           1,140           4,421
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                         --              --            79,685
     Training and development                                   25,299            --            25,299
     Travel, meals and lodging                                  29,288            --            31,697
     Other                                                      29,228           1,897         148,914
     Realized foreign exchange adjustments                      48,562         (31,295)          9,418
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total general and administrative expenses        338,519           3,877         730,767
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
(Loss) from Operations                                        (300,304)         (3,864)       (687,981)
Other Income (Expense)                                          (4,988)         (4,081)        (13,147)
Provision for income taxes                                        --              --              --
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Net (Loss)                                                $   (305,292)   $     (7,945)   $   (701,128)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Comprehensive (Loss):
  Australian currency translation                                 (155)        (39,644)        (40,241)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Total Comprehensive (Loss)                                $   (305,447)   $    (47,589)   $   (741,369)
                                                          ============    ============    ============
(Loss) Per Common Share:
  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted             $      (0.01)   $      (0.00)
                                                          ============    ============
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
  Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                           20,791,715      20,000,000
                                                          ============    ============



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                       an integral part of this statement.

                                      F-3




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                 STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) (NOTE 2)
               FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                             THROUGH MARCH 31, 2005


                                                                                                            (Deficit)
                                                                                            Accumulated    Accumulated
                                Preferred Stock           Common stock        Additional       Other       During the
                             ---------------------   ----------------------     Paid-in    Comprehensive   Development
          Description          Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount       Capital       (Loss)          Stage        Totals
- ---------------------------  ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
                                                                                                 
Balance - December 14, 1998       --     $    --           --     $    --     $     --     $        --     $      --     $     --
Issuance of capital stock
 for cash                         --          --           --          --           --              --            --           --
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --              (534)         --           (534)
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --         (16,961)     (16,961)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - June 30, 1999           --          --           --          --           --              (534)      (16,961)     (17,495)
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --             7,472          --          7,472
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --        (138,322)    (138,322)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - June 30, 2000           --          --           --          --           --             6,938      (155,283)    (148,345)
Issuance of common stock
 for services                     --          --      5,000,000       5,000         --              --          (5,000)        --
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --            25,453          --         25,453
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --         (53,529)     (53,529)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - June 30, 2001           --          --      5,000,000       5,000         --            32,391      (213,812)    (176,421)
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --           (20,804)         --        (20,804)
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --         (32,584)     (32,584)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - June 30, 2002           --          --      5,000,000       5,000         --            11,587      (246,396)    (229,809)
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --           (45,554)         --        (45,554)
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --         (24,176)     (24,176)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - June 30, 2003           --          --      5,000,000       5,000         --           (33,967)     (270,572)    (299,539)
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --            (6,119)         --         (6,119)
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --        (130,264)    (130,264)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - June 30, 2004           --          --      5,000,000       5,000         --           (40,086)     (400,836)    (435,922)
Stock options issued for
 cash                             --          --           --          --         10,000            --            --         10,000
Preferred and common
 stock issued for deemed
 reverse merger with FFB
 Australia                   1,000,000       1,000   15,000,000      15,000      (30,950)           --           5,000       (9,950)
Employee compensation
 paid by issued shares            --          --           --          --        220,000            --            --        220,000
Loan from former director
 paid by issued shares            --          --           --          --          7,500            --            --          7,500
Consulting services paid
 by issued shares                 --          --           --          --         20,000            --            --         20,000
Promissory notes converted
 to common stock                  --          --        870,000         870      377,932            --            --        378,802
Australian currency
 translation                      --          --           --          --           --              (155)         --           (155)
Net (loss) for the period         --          --           --          --           --              --        (305,292)    (305,292)
                             ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------   ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
Balance - March 31, 2005     1,000,000   $   1,000   20,870,000   $  20,870   $  604,482   $     (40,241)  $  (701,128)  $ (115,017)
                             =========   =========   ==========   =========   ==========   =============   ===========   ==========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statement.

                                      F-4




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTE 2)
           FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004,
                AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                             THROUGH MARCH 31, 2005

                                                                     Nine Months Ended
                                                                         March 31,           Cumulative
                                                                 ------------------------       From
                                                                    2005          2004        Inception
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                 (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
                                                                                    
Operating Activities:
  Net (loss)                                                     $ (305,292)   $   (7,945)   $ (701,128)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash provided
    by (used in) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                    1,891         1,450         5,019
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                              --            --          77,000
     Employee compensation paid by issued shares                     23,384        30,276       220,000
     Consulting services paid by issued shares                       20,000          --          20,000
     Interest on promissory notes converted to paid-in capital        5,698         4,180        13,801
       Changes in net assets and liabilities-
         Accounts receivable                                        117,696         1,098       116,645
         Inventory                                                   (2,433)         --          (2,433)
         Accounts payable - trade                                    47,377          --          50,272
         Accrued liabilities and other                               67,605          --          67,605
         Deferred revenue                                           (29,973)         --         (29,973)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities                 (54,047)       29,059      (163,192)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Investing Activities:
  Purchases of computer and office equipment                         (1,811)         (225)       (2,017)
  Payment for Australian trademark                                      (24)          (26)         (231)
  Expenditures for web site development costs                          (519)         (563)       (5,006)
  Expenditures for software development in progress                 (40,502)         --         (40,502)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities                             (42,856)         (814)      (47,756)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------

Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes                   180,000       140,000       365,000
  Checks in excess of bank balance                                     --             (64)         --
  Proceeds from loans - related parties                             121,908         5,788       302,662
  Payments on loans - related parties                              (151,164)      (29,801)     (270,200)
  Proceeds from loan - former director                                 --           1,472         7,500
  Payments of deferred offering costs                               (48,254)     (100,000)     (148,254)
  Proceeds from the issuance of capital stock                          --            --              50
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities                           102,490        17,395       256,758
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash                                (155)      (39,644)      (40,241)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                       5,432         5,996         5,569
Cash - Beginning of Period                                              137            54          --
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Cash - End of Period                                             $    5,569    $    6,050    $    5,569
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========

               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statement.

                                      F-5


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTE 2)
           FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004,
                AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                             THROUGH MARCH 31, 2005
                                   (Unaudited)

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
              Interest                                           $     --      $     --      $     --
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========
              Income taxes                                       $     --      $     --      $     --
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========



Supplemental Information of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

  On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with FFB
  Australia  whereby  FFBI  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding  capital
  stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common
  stock and 1,000,000  shares of preferred stock of the Company.  As a result of
  the Exchange  Agreement,  the stockholders of FFB Australia  control FFBI, and
  FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse  merger for financial
  reporting  purposes.  The  deemed  reverse  merger  has  been  recorded  as  a
  recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia
  brought forward at their historical bases.

  On September 20, 2004,  the Company issued 420,000 shares of common stock with
  value of $140,000  in  connection  with the  conversion  of certain  Notes and
  accrued interest.

  On September 29, 2004,  the Company issued 450,000 shares of common stock with
  a value of $225,000 in connection  with the conversion of the remainder of the
  Notes and accrued interest.

  On September 14, 2004, accrued employee compensation of $220,000 was satisfied
  with the issuance  440,000  shares of common stock  provided  personally by an
  officer and director of the Company.

  On September  14,  2004, a loan to the Company of $7,500 by a former  director
  was  satisfied  with the issuance of 15,000  shares of common  stock  provided
  personally by an officer and director of the Company.

  On September 14, 2004,  accrued  consulting  services of $20,000 was satisfied
  with the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock  provided  personally by an
  officer and director of the Company.





               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statement.

                                      F-6


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

(1)      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation and Organization

Fit For  Business  International,  Inc.  ("FFBI" or the  "Company")  is a Nevada
corporation in the development stage of providing products and services for: (i)
corporate  wellness  programs which address  business  productivity,  stress and
absenteeism  issues;  (ii)  living well  programs  directed  primarily,  but not
exclusively,  to  individuals  over 45  years  of age;  and,  (iii)  nutritional
supplements  manufactured  and supplied by  Herbalife  Ltd.  ("Herbalife").  The
accompanying financial statements of FFBI were prepared from the accounts of the
Company  under the accrual basis of  accounting  in United  States  dollars.  In
addition,  the  accompanying  financial  statements  reflect the completion of a
deemed reverse merger between FFBI and Fit For Business  (Australia) Pty Limited
("FFB Australia"), which was effected on September 14, 2004.

Prior to the  completion  of the  deemed  reverse  merger,  FFBI  was a  dormant
corporation with no assets or operations  (essentially since its organization on
May 30, 2001, and  incorporation  on July 31, 2001).  The Company was originally
incorporated under the name of Elli Tsab, Inc. On April 7, 2004, the name of the
Company was changed to Patient Data  Corporation.  On January 13, 2005, the name
of the  Company was again  changed to Fit For  Business  International,  Inc. in
order to better reflect the current business plan.

FFB Australia was  organized as an  Australian  private  company on December 14,
1998, and subsequently  began certain marketing studies and corporate  awareness
programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, FFB
Australia  initiated a capital formation  activity through the private placement
of certain  convertible  promissory notes which provided,  through September 14,
2004,  proceeds of $365,000.  Subsequent to the completion of the deemed reverse
merger,  the liability  associated  with the  convertible  promissory  notes was
assumed by the Company.  Thereafter,  all of the promissory notes were converted
into shares of common stock of FFBI.

In addition,  in November  2003,  FFB  Australia  commenced a capital  formation
activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation  validly organized
in the United States for the purpose of completing a  Registration  Statement on
Form SB-2 with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  and raising
capital from the  issuance of common  stock in the public  markets of up to $4.5
million.  The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger
and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful.  Subsequently,  FFB Australia
completed  a deemed  reverse  merger  with the  Company,  and FFBI is  currently
undertaking a second capital formation activity of the same type.

Prior to September 14, 2004, FFB Australia, aside from the capital formation and
marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating
costs and  expenses  related  to its  organization  as an  entity,  receipt of a
trademark  in  Australia  for the name  and  related  logo of Fit For  Business,
formation of a management team,  accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting
fees,  travel,  and other general and  administrative  expenses.  For additional
information  relating to the development  stage  activities of the Company,  see
Note 2.

Given that FFB Australia is considered to have acquired FFBI by a deemed reverse
merger  through  an  Exchange  Agreement  (see  Note  4),  and its  stockholders
currently have voting control of FFBI, the accompanying financial statements and
related  disclosures in the notes to financial  statements present the financial
position as of March 31, 2005,  and the  operations  for the periods ended March
31, 2005,  and 2004,  and from the period from the inception  date (December 14,
1998)  through  March 31, 2005,  of FFB  Australia  under the name of FFBI.  The
deemed  reverse merger has been recorded as a  recapitalization  of the Company,
with  the net  assets  of FFB  Australia  and  FFBI  brought  forward  at  their
historical  bases.  The  costs  associated  with the  reverse  merger  have been
expensed as incurred.

                                      F-7


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)


   Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The interim financial statements as of March 31, 2005, and for the periods ended
March 31, 2005,  and 2004, and  cumulative  from  inception  (December 14, 1998)
through March 31, 2005,  are unaudited.  However,  in the opinion of management,
the  interim  and  cumulative  financial  statements  include  all  adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the
Company's  financial  position  as of March 31,  2005,  and the  results  of its
operations for the periods ended March 31, 2005,  and 2004, and cumulative  from
inception  (December 14, 1998)  through  March 31, 2005,  and cash flows for the
periods ended March 31, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception  (December
14, 1998) through March 31, 2005.  These results are not necessarily  indicative
of the  results  expected  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  2005.  The
accompanying   financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  do  not  reflect  all
disclosures  required  under  accounting  principles  generally  accepted in the
United States.  Refer to FFB Australia's audited financial  statements contained
in Form SB-2/A for the period  ended June 30,  2004,  and 2003,  for  additional
information, including significant accounting policies.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For  purposes of  reporting  within the  statement  of cash  flows,  the Company
considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions
or penalties,  and all highly liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

   Accounts Receivable

Accounts  receivable consist of amounts due from a license agreement,  employees
and related  parties,  and value added tax refunds.  The Company  establishes an
allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts sufficient to absorb potential losses
on accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2005, no allowance for doubtful accounts
was deemed necessary.  While management uses the best information available upon
which to base estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if
economic  conditions  differ  substantially  from the  assumptions  used for the
purpose of analysis.

   Revenue Recognition

The  Company  is in the  development  stage and has yet to  realize  significant
revenues from planned operations.  It has derived revenues  principally from the
sale of  literature  and training  materials,  Herbalife  nutritional  products,
services  related  to  wellness  programs,  and  from a  license  agreement  for
Australia and New Zealand which entitles the licensee to recruit representatives
for the Company, use its logo and software,  and market and promote its products
and  services.  Such revenues are  recognized  in accordance  with the SEC Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 104, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" ("SAB
104").  Under SAB 104,  revenue is recognized  when it is realized or realizable
and earned. FFBI considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when it has
persuasive  evidence  of an  arrangement,  and that:  (i) the  product  has been
shipped or the services have been provided to its customer; (ii) the sales price
is fixed or determinable;  and (iii)  collectibility is reasonable assured.  The
Company also reduces revenue for estimated customer returns.  In addition to the
aforementioned   general  policy,   the  following  are  the  specific   revenue
recognition policies for each major category of revenue:

                                      F-8


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)


For sales of literature, training materials, and Herbalife nutritional products,
revenue is realized upon  shipment to the customer and there are no  unfulfilled
company elements related to a customer's order.

For  specific  wellness  program  services  and  contracts  pertaining  to  such
services, revenue is realized as services are provided.

For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to
various  countries and geographic  regions,  which entitle  licensees to recruit
representatives for the Company, the use of Company logos, software and training
materials,  and the rights to market and  promote the  services of the  Company.
Revenue from such  agreements is realized over the term and under the conditions
of each specific license.

   Internal Web Site Development Costs

Under  Emerging  Issues  Taskforce  Statement  00-2,  Accounting  for  Web  Site
Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning
and operating  stages of the Company's web site are expensed as incurred.  Under
EITF  00-2,  costs  incurred  in the web  site  application  and  infrastructure
development  stages are capitalized by the Company and amortized to expense over
the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit. As of March 31, 2005,
FFBI had capitalized $5,006 related to its web site development.

   Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

Under Statement of Position 98-1,  Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal  Use ("SOP  98-1"),  the Company  capitalizes
external  direct  costs of  materials  and services  consumed in  developing  or
obtained internal-use  computer software;  payroll and payroll-related costs for
employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  and  who  devote  time  to  the
internal-use  computer  software  project;  and, interest costs related to loans
incurred for the development of internal-use software. As of March 31, 2005, the
Company had  capitalized  $40,502 for  projects  related to the  development  of
internal-use software.

   Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed

Under  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 86,  Accounting for the
Costs of Computer  Software to be Sold,  Leased,  or Otherwise  Marketed  ("SFAS
86"), the Company  capitalizes  costs associated with the development of certain
training  software  products  held for sale when  technological  feasibility  is
established.  Capitalized  computer software costs of products held for sale are
amortized  over the useful life of the products from the software  release date.
As of March 31, 2005, the Company had not undertaken any projects related to the
development of software products held for sale or to be otherwise marketed.

   Trademark

The Company  obtained a trademark  from the  government  of Australia  effective
October 15, 1999. The trademark  covers the name "Fit For Business" and the logo
of the Company.  The cost of obtaining the trademark has been capitalized by the
Company, and is being amortized over a period of ten years.


                                      F-9


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

   Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred, except for television
or magazine  advertisements,  which are charged to expense when the  advertising
first takes place.  For the  nine-month  periods ended March 31, 2005, and 2004,
advertising costs amounted to $30,294 and $138, respectively.

   Property and Equipment

The  components  of property  and  equipment  are stated at cost.  Property  and
equipment  costs are depreciated or amortized for financial  reporting  purposes
over the useful lives of the related assets by the straight-line  method. Useful
lives utilized by the Company for calculating  depreciation or amortization  are
as follows:

             Computer and office equipment               5 years
             Furniture and fixtures                     10 years
             Internal web site development costs         3 years

Upon disposition of an asset, its cost and related  accumulated  depreciation or
amortization  are removed from the accounts,  and any resulting  gain or loss is
recognized.

   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Under Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121,  Accounting for the
Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of
("SFAS 121"), the Company evaluates the  recoverability of long-lived assets and
the related  estimated  remaining  lives at each balance sheet date. The Company
records an  impairment  or change in useful life  whenever  events or changes in
circumstances  indicate that the carrying  amount may not be  recoverable or the
useful life has changed.

   Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing  the net loss  attributable  to the
common  stockholders  by the weighted  average  number of shares of common stock
outstanding during the period.  Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar
to basic loss per share except that the  denominator is increased to include the
number of  additional  common  shares  that would have been  outstanding  if the
potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were
dilutive.

   Deferred Offering Costs

The  Company  defers as other  assets  the direct  incremental  costs of raising
capital  until  such  time as the  offering  is  completed.  At the  time of the
completion of the offering,  the costs are charged  against the capital  raised.
Should the  offering  be  terminated,  deferred  offering  costs are  charged to
operations during the period in which the offering is terminated (see Note 4).


                                      F-10


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

   Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, Reporting  Comprehensive Income ("SFAS
130").  SFAS 130 states that all items that are required to be recognized  under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in
the financial  statements.  For the interim  periods  ended March 31, 2005,  and
2004, and cumulative from inception  (December 14, 1998) through March 31, 2005,
the only components of  comprehensive  income (loss) were the net (loss) for the
periods, and the foreign currency translation adjustments.

      Income Taxes

The Company  accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109,  Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109").  Under SFAS 109,  deferred tax assets and liabilities
are  determined  based on  temporary  differences  between  the bases of certain
assets and  liabilities  for income tax and financial  reporting  purposes.  The
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are classified  according to the financial
statement   classification   of  the  assets  and  liabilities   generating  the
differences.

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The  Company   establishes  a  valuation  allowance  based  upon  the  potential
likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the
Company's  financial  position and results of operations for the current period.
Future  realization  of the  deferred  tax benefit  depends on the  existence of
sufficient  taxable income within the carryforward  period under the Federal tax
laws.

Changes in circumstances,  such as the Company generating taxable income,  could
cause a change in judgment about the  realizability  of the related deferred tax
asset.  Any change in the valuation  allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

   Foreign Currency Translation

The Company accounts for foreign currency  translation  pursuant to SFAS No. 52,
Foreign Currency  Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's  functional currency is
the Australian  dollar.  All assets and  liabilities  are translated into United
States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in other
comprehensive income (loss) for the period.  Certain transactions of the Company
are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to
such  transactions  are  recognized  for each  reporting  period in the  related
statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value of  financial  instruments  using  the
available market  information and valuation  methods.  Considerable  judgment is
required in estimating fair value. Accordingly,  the estimates of fair value may
not be indicative  of the amounts the Company could realize in a current  market
exchange.  As of  March  31,  2005,  the  Company  did not  have  any  financial
instruments requiring the estimate of fair value.

                                      F-11


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

   Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the fair value method to account for  non-employee  stock-based
compensation  in  accordance  with  SFAS No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation,  and FASB Emerging  Issues Task Force,  or EITF,  Issue No. 96-18,
Accounting  for Equity  Instruments  That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring,  or in Conjunction  with Selling,  Goods or Services.  Under the fair
value method,  all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration
received for the issuance of equity  instruments  are accounted for based on the
fair  value  of the  consideration  received  or the fair  value  of the  equity
instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

   Concentrations of Risk

As of March 31,  2005,  the Company had a material  off-balance  sheet risk with
regards to its  dependence  upon  Herbalife as its sole source of supply for the
purchase of nutritional supplements related to its planned wellness programs.

   Fiscal Year End of the Company

The fiscal year end of the Company is June 30 of each year.

   Estimates

The  financial  statements  are prepared on the basis of  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities  as of March 31, 2005,  and expenses for the periods ended March 31,
2005,  and 2004.  Actual  results  could  differ  from those  estimates  made by
management.

(2)      Development Stage Activities and Going Concern

The Company is in the development  stage of providing  products and services for
corporate business wellness programs;  living well programs directed  primarily,
but not  exclusively,  to  individuals  over 45 years of age;  and,  nutritional
supplements  manufactured  and supplied by Herbalife.  As of March 31, 2005, and
subsequent  thereto,   FFBI  had  completed   organization  and  reverse  merger
transactions,  initial  marketing and corporate  awareness  programs designed to
obtain  customers for its products and  services,  the receipt of a trademark in
Australia for the name "Fit For Business",  formation of a management  team, and
other activities related to capital formation and initial operations. Management
of the Company is pursuing  various  sources of equity  financing,  and plans to
raise approximately $4.5 million through a best efforts self-underwritten public
offering of its common  stock.  The public  offering and sale of common stock by
officers and directors of the Company will be conducted subsequent to the filing
and approval of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The proceeds

                                      F-12


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

from the public  offering  will be used by the Company for the  development  and
production  of  multi-media   training   programs,   marketing  and  promotional
literature and programs, web site enhancement,  purchase of inventory,  customer
call center and computer  hardware  and software  programs to be used to aid the
Company's customer service representatives, and working capital required to hire
additional staff and provide for an expected increase in operations.

While  management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in
its capital formation and operating  activities,  there can be no assurance that
the Company  will be able to raise $4.5  million in equity  capital  through its
planned filing with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale
of its products and services that will generate  sufficient  revenues to sustain
the operations of the Company.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which contemplate
continuation  of the  Company  as a going  concern.  The  Company  has  incurred
operating losses since  inception,  had negative working capital as of March 31,
2005, and the cash resources of the Company are insufficient to meet its planned
business  objectives.  These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the
Company's  ability to continue as a going concern.  The  accompanying  financial
statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects
on  the   recoverability  and  classification  of  assets  or  the  amounts  and
classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the
Company to continue as a going concern.

(3)      Convertible Debt

In November 2003, FFBI began a capital  formation  activity  through the private
placement of up to 200  unsecured  convertible  promissory  notes (the "Note" or
"Notes").  Under the terms of the private placement subscription agreement,  the
minimum  unit  participation  was one unit per Note  valued at $5,000.  Multiple
units could be acquired  under the terms of a single Note.  The Notes issued for
the units  stated a maturity  date of November  30,  2004,  and  provided for an
interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum,  payable upon redemption.  None of
the Notes were issued to officers, directors, or employees of FFBI.

The Notes were  convertible  into 10,000  shares of common stock per unit at any
time prior to maturity at the option of the note holder,  or, if called by FFBI,
then  automatically  in the event of a public  offering of shares.  No value was
associated  with  the  conversion  feature  of the  Notes.  FFBI  structured  an
incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private placement for
the  Notes,  and  provided  an  additional  1/2  unit of  value  for  each  unit
subscribed.  As such, as of September  14, 2004,  FFBI had received and recorded
proceeds of $365,000 under the private  placement in exchange for the Notes with
87 units for the  calculation of conversion into common stock (870,000 shares of
common stock), and accrued interest in the amount of $13,801.  The liability for
the Notes was assumed by the Company as a result of the Exchange Agreement.

On September 20, 2004, the Company, pursuant to a planned public offering of its
common  stock,  called  and  converted  Notes with a unit value of 42 units into
420,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of
common  stock for a total of $140,000.  Further,  on  September  29,  2004,  the
remaining  Notes with a unit value of 45 units were called and  converted by the
Company into 450,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50

                                      F-13


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

per share of common stock for a total of $225,000.  The value of the  conversion
transactions  in excess of the par value of the common stock  issued,  including
accrued  interest,  has been  presented  as  additional  paid-in  capital in the
accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2005.

(4)      Common Stock Transactions and Capital Formation

   Issuance of Common Stock

On May 30,  2001,  FFBI issued  5,000,000  shares of its common  stock to former
officers and  directors of the Company for services  rendered.  The value of the
services  rendered  was $5,000.  This  transaction,  along with the  accumulated
(deficit) of FFBI,  made up the  components of the reverse merger related to the
recapitalization of FFBI common stock.

   Stock Option Agreement

On July 25, 2004,  the Company issued  2,000,000  options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc.  (see below) to purchase  the same number of shares of its common stock for
$10,000 in cash.  The option period is through  December 31, 2005.  The exercise
price of the  options  is the higher of $0.50 per share or the  average  trading
price of the  Company's  common stock over the preceding ten business days prior
to exercise of the options, less a discount of 40 percent.

   Stock Exchange Agreement

On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into a Share Exchange  Agreement (the
"Exchange  Agreement")  with FFB  Australia,  whereby  FFBI  acquired all of the
issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange
for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of
the Company.  Both the common stock and preferred stock of FFBI have a par value
of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is
entitled  to fifty (50) votes in a general  meeting  of the  stockholders.  As a
result of the Exchange  Agreement,  the  stockholders  of FFB Australia  control
FFBI,  and FFB Australia  has been deemed to have effected a reverse  merger for
financial  reporting  purposes  as of the date of the  Exchange  Agreement.  The
deemed  reverse merger has been recorded as a  recapitalization  of the Company,
with  the net  assets  of FFBI  and  FFB  Australia  brought  forward  at  their
historical bases.

   Conversion of Notes

On September 20, 2004,  the Company  issued  420,000  shares of its common stock
with a value of $140,000 in connection  with the conversion of certain Notes and
accrued interest (see Note 3).

On September 29, 2004,  the Company  issued  450,000  shares of its common stock
with a value of $225,000 in connection  with the  conversion of the remainder of
the Notes and accrued interest (see Note 3).


                                      F-14


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

   Other Transactions

From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen,  President and Chief  Executive
Officer of the  Company,  under the Exchange  Agreement,  L.R.  Global  received
500,000  shares of common stock (see Note 8). Mr.  Poulsen also issued shares of
common  stock that he  received  from the  Exchange  Agreement  to  satisfy  the
liabilities of the Company  assumed by FFBI related to the  compensation  of six
individuals  (see Note 9). FFBI recognized the  satisfaction of such liabilities
by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

The Company also owed Wayne Hoskin, a former director of the Company, the amount
of $7,500 as of September 14, 2004. The obligation  resulted from a loan made to
the Company.  Mr.  Hoskin agreed to accept 15,000 shares of common stock of FFBI
in full satisfaction of this obligation. From the common stock issued to Mark A.
Poulsen,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company,  under the
Exchange Agreement,  Mr. Hoskin received 15,000 shares of common stock valued at
$7,500.  FFBI  recognized the  satisfaction  of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as
additional paid-in capital.

The  Company  also owed  Donald  Howell  Wild,  a former note holder and current
stockholder of the Company,  the amount of $20,000 for services rendered related
to the private  placement of Notes (see Note 3). From the common stock issued to
Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange  Agreement,  on September 14, 2004, Mr. Wild received  40,000 shares of
common  stock  valued at  $20,000.  FFBI  recognized  the  satisfaction  of this
liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

   Capital Formation Activity

On November 10, 2003,  FFBI entered into an agreement  with Fort Street  Equity,
Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company, whereby Fort Street would assist
FFBI  with  the  following:  (i) the  identification  of a  corporation  validly
organized  in the United  States with which the Company  could  realize a deemed
reverse merger;  and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration  Statement
on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising  capital  from the issuance
of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million.

FFBI paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to $130,100.
The initial capital formation activity conducted by FFBI and Fort Street was not
successful  due to the fact that the  organization  and  completion  of a deemed
reverse merger with a validly  organized  corporation in the United States could
not be effected.  Further, as a result of the uncompleted deemed reverse merger,
FFBI expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort Street as unsuccessful offering
costs. FFBI and Fort Street initiated a second capital  formation  activity that
resulted in the Exchange  Agreement as described above, and the current activity
to file a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC.  During the period
ended  March 31,  2005,  the  Company  paid an  additional  $18,154 in legal and
accounting fees related to the second capital formation  activity.  As a result,
as of March 31, 2005,  the Company had $71,254 of deferred  offering costs which
were comprised of legal and accounting  fees paid,  and other  professional  and
filing fees incurred to complete the Form SB-2 registration process.

                                      F-15


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

(5)      Income Taxes

The  provision  (benefit) for income taxes for the periods ended March 31, 2005,
and 2004, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax rate):


                                                     2005          2004
                                                  ----------    ----------

      Current Tax Provision:
          Federal-
            Taxable income                        $     --      $     --
                                                  ----------    ----------
               Total current tax provision        $     --      $     --
                                                  ==========    ==========
      Deferred Tax Provision:
          Federal-
            Loss carryforwards                       103,852        16,180
            Change in valuation allowance           (103,852)      (16,180)
                                                  ----------    ----------
               Total deferred tax provision       $     --      $     --
                                                  ==========    ==========

The Company had deferred income tax assets as of March 31, 2005, as follows:

            Loss carryforwards                    $  238,384
            Less - Valuation allowance              (238,384)
                                                  ----------

               Total net deferred tax assets      $     --
                                                  ==========

As of March 31,  2005,  the Company had net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for
income tax  reporting  purposes  of  approximately  $701,100  that may be offset
against future taxable income.  The net operating loss  carryforwards  expire in
the years  2021-2025.  Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be
offset  against  future  taxable  income when a substantial  change in ownership
occurs  or a  change  in the  nature  of the  business.  Therefore,  the  amount
available to offset  future  taxable  income may be limited.  No tax benefit has
been  reported  in  the  financial   statements  for  the  realization  of  loss
carryforwards,  as the  Company  believes  there  is high  probability  that the
carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future.  Accordingly,  the
potential  tax  benefits  of the loss  carryforwards  are offset by a  valuation
allowance of the same amount.

(6)      Related Party Transactions

Mark A. Poulsen &  Associates  Pty.  Ltd. is an  Australian  private  entity and
stockholder of the Company. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  As of March 31, 2005, the Company was
owed  $12,286 by this  entity.  This  amount owed to the Company was for working
capital, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

                                      F-16


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

Kamaneal  Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder
of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen,  President and Chief Executive  Officer
of the Company,  and Karen Poulsen,  his wife. The purpose of this company is to
hold  investments  for Mr. and Mrs.  Poulsen.  As of March 31, 2005, the Company
owed  $39,326 to this  entity.  This  amount owed was for  working  capital,  is
non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

As of March 31,  2005,  the Company  owed $377 to Mark A. and Karen  Poulsen for
expenses  incurred on behalf of the Company.  Mr.  Poulsen is the  President and
Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company.  This  amount  owed was for  working
capital, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

As of March 31, 2005,  the Company owed $5,045 to Mr. GL Ray, a  stockholder  of
the Company,  for an advance made. This amount owed was for working capital,  is
non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current  stockholder of the Company
(see Note 3), is the uncle of Linda Wild,  also a former note holder and current
stockholder  of the  Company.  In  addition,  Mr.  Wild is the father of Laraine
Richardson, a principal in the Company of L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., which
entity entered into a License Agreement with the Company on August 24, 2004 (see
Note 8). Mr. Wild also  assisted the Company  with the private  placement of the
Notes by marketing  the  placement,  and was  responsible  for the  subscription
agreements of several note holders.  Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000.
The  liability to Mr. Wild was  satisfied  by the  transfer of 40,000  shares of
common stock of FFBI directly to him from the shares  received from the Exchange
Agreement  by Mark A.  Poulsen,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company,  at a value of $.50 per share.  FFBI credited  paid-in  capital for the
value of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

As  described in Note 3, the Company  completed a private  placement of Notes to
thirty  individuals  and entities  with  proceeds  amounting  to  $365,000,  and
subsequently  converted the Notes to 870,000  shares of common stock of FFBI. Of
the thirty  individuals  and entities that  subscribed to the private  placement
offering of Notes,  twelve parties are considered both account  executives (part
of the independent  marketing  group of the Company) and  independent  Herbalife
distributors,   and  six  of  the   parties  are  only   independent   Herbalife
distributors.  Mark A.  Poulsen,  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company, is also an independent Herbalife distributor.

 (7)     Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB  Interpretation  No. 46,  Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ("FIN 46"). The FASB
issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003,  which modified and clarified  various
aspects of the original  interpretations.  A Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") is
created when (i) the equity  investment at risk is not  sufficient to permit the
entity to finance  its  activities  without  additional  subordinated  financial
support  from other  parties or (ii)  equity  holders  either (a) lack direct or
indirect  ability to make decisions  about the entity,  (b) are not obligated to
absorb  expected  losses of the  entity or (c) do not have the right to  receive
expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity is deemed to
be a VIE,  pursuant  to FIN 46, an  enterprise  that  absorbs a majority  of the
expected  losses  of the VIE is  considered  the  primary  beneficiary  and must
consolidate  the VIE. For VIE's  created  before  January 31,  2003,  FIN 46 was

                                      F-17


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15,
2004.  The  adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material  impact on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 150,
Accounting  for  Certain  Financial  Instruments  With  Characteristics  of Both
Liabilities and Equity, ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to classify
as liabilities the following three types of freestanding  financial instruments:
(1) mandatory  redeemable financial  instruments,  (2) obligations to repurchase
the issuer's equity shares by transferring  assets; and (3) certain  obligations
to issue a variable  number of shares.  The  adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a
material  impact on the  financial  position  or  results of  operations  of the
Company.

In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting  Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"),
Revenue Recognition,  which supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements.  SAB 104's  primary  purpose is to rescind the  accounting  guidance
contained  in  SAB  101  related  to  multiple  element  revenue   arrangements,
superseded  as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21.  The Company  adopted the
provisions  of SAB 104, and it did not have a material  impact on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

(8)      License Agreement

On August 24, 2004, the Company entered into a non-assignable  license agreement
(the "License Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R.  Global").
Pursuant to the License Agreement,  L.R. Global has the right or license,  for a
period  of ten  years,  to use of the  Company's  logo,  management  information
system,  and other material within  Australia and New Zealand.  L.R. Global will
assist in  identifying  new  clients for the  Company,  and  recruiting  account
executive and customer service  representatives.  Under the terms of the License
Agreement,  L.R.  Global was obligated to pay the Company  $500,000 on or before
December 31, 2004, for the grant of the license.  As of December 31, 2004,  L.R.
Global had only paid $117,750 toward the fee for the license, and was in default
under the License  Agreement.  On January 14, 2005, the Company and L.R.  Global
entered into an extension  agreement  whereby the terms of the License Agreement
for payment of the remaining amount of the $500,000 license fee were extended to
May 31, 2005. As of May 31, 2005, the balance of the License  Agreement fees had
not been paid,  and L.R.  Global was in default under the License  Agreement and
amendment.  Subsequently,  on June 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered
into a second extension  whereby the terms of the License Agreement were amended
as follows:  (i) for  consideration  of $7,615 paid by L.R.  Global as a partial
payment  of the  license  fee,  the due date for the  payment  of the  remaining
balance  of the  license  fee was  extended  to a date  within  sixty  (60) days
following  the first date on which the common  stock of the Company is quoted on
the OTC Bulletin Board or other  recognized  stock  exchange;  and, (ii) the two
principals of L.R.  Global,  Laraine  Richardson and Dianne  Waghorne,  provided
personal  guarantees to the Company for payment of the remaining  balance of the
license fee in the event that the balance owed is not repaid by L.R. Global.

The Company  recognized $4,973 of income related to the License Agreement in the
accompanying  statement of operations  and  comprehensive  (loss) for the period
ended  September 30, 2004. For each of the  three-month  periods ended March 31,

                                      F-18


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

2005,  and  December  31, 2004,  the Company  recognized  $12,500 of license fee
income, respectively.

(9)      Commitments and Contingencies

For each fiscal year since inception, the Company has recognized as compensation
expense the ongoing  contribution of time and effort of six individuals,  two of
which,  currently  serve as  officers  of the  Company.  Such  individuals  have
provided their time and effort without formal  compensation by the Company which
in certain  instances dates back to 1998. For the nine-month  period ended March
31,  2004,  the Company  recorded  accrued  compensation  expense  amounting  to
$30,195.   Through   September  14,  2004,  the  total  liability  for  employee
compensation amounted to $220,000. This obligation was satisfied by the transfer
of 440,000 shares of common stock of FFBI directly to the  individuals  from the
shares  received from the Exchange  Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen,  President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company,  at a value of $.50 per  share.  FFBI
credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued compensation  satisfied by
Mr. Poulsen.

On September  21, 2004,  the Company  entered into a contract with Insource Pty.
Ltd. for software services pertaining to the development of certain computerized
systems  for  customer  service,   administration,   and  information  reporting
purposes.  The contract price for the software  development services amounted to
approximately   $30,500,  which  was  subsequently  increased  by  approximately
$10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14 weeks.  Further,
under the  terms of the  contract,  a down  payment  of  $3,500  was to be made,
followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The estimated term
of the contract was  subsequently  extended to the end of June 2005, and certain
additional  features were added to the computerized  systems  applications.  The
Company has classified the costs incurred  through March 31, 2005,  amounting to
$40,502,  as "Software  development  in progress"  in the  accompanying  balance
sheet.

The Company entered into a lease  arrangement  with Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
Pty.  Ltd.  for office  space which  expired on  November  30,  2004.  The lease
arrangement  is currently on a  month-to-month  basis.  On February 1, 2005, the
Company also entered into a registered agent arrangement with Incorp.  Services,
Inc.  whereby  Incorp.  agreed to act as the  registered  agent for the State of
Nevada,  and to  provide  certain  virtual  office,  office  facility  use,  and
administrative services to the Company for a fee of $1,495 per year.

The  following  transactions  were dated  November  29,  2004,  or as  otherwise
indicated:

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve
as its President and Chief Executive Officer.  Under the terms of the agreement,
Mr. Poulsen will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $289,000 for
services to FFBI. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or
geographic-area  license  sold. In addition,  on December 1, 2004,  the Board of
Directors  of FFBI awarded a bonus of  approximately  $388,250 to be paid to Mr.
Poulsen  within 30 days after the  listing  of the  common  stock of FFBI on the
over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD.

                                      F-19


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            MARCH 31, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

The Company entered into an employment  agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve
as its Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the
agreement,  Mr. Ralston will be compensated at the annual rate of  approximately
$131,000,  plus  benefits and bonus.  In addition,  Mr.  Ralston will be granted
options to purchase  30,000 shares of common stock of FFBI under an option plan,
when and if established.  The Company will also be obligated to pay a recruiting
fee for the employment of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global  Resources,  an executive
personnel placement firm, amounting to approximately $21,100.

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve
as its Senior  Vice  President  of Sales.  Mr.  Head is also a  Director  of the
Company.  Under the terms of the agreement,  Mr. Head will be compensated at the
annual rate of approximately  $77,000,  plus benefits and bonus. He will also be
paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold.

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve
as its Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial  Officer.  Under the
terms of the  agreement,  Ms.  Wendt will be  compensated  at the annual rate of
approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus.

(10)      Other Subsequent Events

On May 10, 2005, the Ralston  Superannuation  Fund ("Ralston Fund") entered into
an Option  Purchase  Agreement  with Fort Street Equity whereby the Ralston Fund
agreed to purchase  100,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for
$19,410.  The stock  options  entitle  the holder to  purchase a like  number of
shares of common  stock of the  Company.  The Trustee  for the  Ralston  Fund is
Leanne  Ralston,  the wife of Prins A. Ralston.  Mr.  Ralston is the Senior Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

Fort Street  subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company  under the terms of a  promissory  note dated May 11,  2005.  The
promissory  note is unsecured,  and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note,  together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009.  Interest  payments on the promissory  note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On June 14, 2005, Mr. Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party,  entered into an Option
Purchase  Agreement  with Fort Street whereby the Mr. Gilling agreed to purchase
50,000 stock  options of the Company held by Fort Street for $15,000.  The stock
options  entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common  stock
of the Company.

Fort Street  subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company  under the terms of a promissory  note dated June 19,  2005.  The
promissory  note is unsecured,  and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note,  together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009.  Interest  payments on the promissory  note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

                                      F-20




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004, AND 2003




Report of Independent Auditors..............................................F-22

Financial Statements-

   Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2004 and 2003..............................F-23

   Statements of Operations for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 and Cumulative from Inception.............F-24

   Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, and Cumulative from Inception............F-25

   Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 ..........................................F-26

   Notes to Financial Statements for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 ..........................................F-27












                                      F-21


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS




To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Fit For Business International, Inc. (Formerly Patient Data Corporation):

We  have  audited  the   accompanying   balance   sheets  of  Fit  For  Business
International, Inc. (formerly Patient Data Corporation), a Nevada corporation in
the development  stage, as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements
of operations,  stockholder's equity, and cash flows for the periods then ended.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  standards  of the Public  Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and  perform  the  audits to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the
financial  statements  are free of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes
examining,  on a test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  An audit also  includes  assessing  the  accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as well as
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Fit For Business International,
Inc. as of June 30, 2004 and 2003,  and the  results of its  operations  and its
cash flows for the periods then ended, in conformity with accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note 2 to the
financial  statements,  the Company is in the development  stage, has no assets,
liabilities or operations,  and has been  essentially  inactive since inception.
These and other factors raise  substantial  doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plans regarding these matters are also
described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/ Davis Accounting Group P.C.

Cedar City, Utah,
February 17, 2005.

                                      F-22




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                             BALANCE SHEETS (NOTE 2)
                          AS OF JUNE 30, 2004, AND 2003

                                     ASSETS
                                     ------
                                                                         2004          2003
                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                              
Current Assets:
  Sundry and other current assets                                     $     --      $     --
                                                                      ----------    ----------
      Total current assets                                                  --            --
                                                                      ----------    ----------
Total Assets                                                          $     --      $     --
                                                                      ==========    ==========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      ------------------------------------

Current Liabilities:
  Sundry and other current liabilities                                $     --      $     --
                                                                      ----------    ----------
      Total current liabilities                                             --            --
                                                                      ----------    ----------
      Total liabilities                                                     --            --
                                                                      ----------    ----------

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; authorized 10,000,000
    shares in 2004; no shares issued or outstanding                         --            --
  Common stock, par value $.001 per share; authorized 100,000,000
    shares and 5,000,000 shares in 2004 and 2003, respectively;
    5,000,000 shares issued and outstanding in 2004 and
    2003, respectively                                                     5,000         5,000
  (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage                      (5,000)       (5,000)
                                                                      ----------    ----------
      Total stockholders' equity                                            --            --
                                                                      ----------    ----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                            $     --      $     --
                                                                      ==========    ==========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-23




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                        STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (NOTE 2)
                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, AND 2003,
                  AND CUMULATED FROM INCEPTION (JULY 31, 2001)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2004

                                                                                 Cumulative
                                                                                   From
                                                        2004          2003       Inception
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                       
Revenues:
  Revenues                                          $      --     $      --     $      --
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

        Total revenues                                     --            --            --
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

Cost of Goods Sold:
  Cost of goods sold                                       --            --            --
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

Gross Profit (Loss)                                        --            --            --
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

Expenses:
  General and administrative                               --            --           5,000
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

        Total general and administrative expenses          --            --           5,000
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

(Loss) from Operations                                     --            --          (5,000)
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

Other Income (Expense)                                     --            --            --

Provision for income taxes                                 --            --            --
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------

Net (Loss)                                          $      --     $      --     $    (5,000)
                                                    ===========   ===========   ===========

(Loss) Per Common Share:
  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted       $      --     $      --
                                                    ===========   ===========

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
  Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                     5,000,000     5,000,000
                                                    ===========   ===========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-24




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NOTE 2)
                 FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (JULY 31, 2001)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2004


                                                                     Accumulated
                                               Common Stock,         (Deficit)
                                              Par Value $.001        During the
                                        -------------------------   Development
           Description                     Shares        Amount        Stage          Totals
- -------------------------------------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
                                                                       
Balance - July 31, 2001                        --     $      --     $      --      $      --

Issuance of common stock for services     5,000,000         5,000          --            5,000

Net (loss) for the period                      --            --          (5,000)        (5,000)
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2001                   5,000,000   $     5,000   $    (5,000)   $      --

Net (loss) for the period                      --            --            --             --
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2002                   5,000,000         5,000        (5,000)          --

Net (loss) for the period                      --            --            --             --
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2003                   5,000,000         5,000        (5,000)          --

Net (loss) for the period                      --            --            --             --
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------

Balance - June 30, 2004                   5,000,000   $     5,000   $    (5,000)   $      --
                                        ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========




               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-25




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTE 2)
                   FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (MAY 5, 2004)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2004

                                                                                           Cumulative
                                                                                              From
                                                                  2004          2003       Inception
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                 
Operating Activities:
  Net (loss)                                                  $      --     $      --     $    (5,000)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash (used in)
    operating activities:
    Common stock issued for services                                 --            --           5,000
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities                  --            --            --
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Investing Activities:
  Sundry investing activities                                        --            --            --
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities                              --            --            --
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Financing Activities:
  Sundry financing activities                                        --            --            --
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities                            --            --            --
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                      --            --            --

Cash - Beginning of Period                                           --            --            --
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash - End of Period                                          $      --     $      --     $      --
                                                              ===========   ===========   ===========

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
        Interest                                              $      --     $      --     $      --
                                                              ===========   ===========   ===========
        Income taxes                                          $      --     $      --     $      --
                                                              ===========   ===========   ===========



  In 2001, the Company issued  5,000,000  shares of its common stock,  par value
  $.001 per share, to two former officers and directors for services rendered.


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-26


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

(1)      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation and Organization

Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFB International" or the "Company") is a
Nevada  corporation  in the  development  stage.  The  Company  has  no  assets,
liabilities or operations,  and has been  essentially  inactive since inception.
The Company was organized on May 30 2001, and subsequently  incorporated on July
31, 2001,  under the name of Elli Tsab,  Inc. On April 15, 2004, the name of the
Company was changed to Patient Data  Corporation.  On January 13, 2005, the name
of the  Company was again  changed to Fit For  Business  International,  Inc. in
order to better  reflect the current  business  plan,  as explained  below.  The
accompanying  financial  statements of FFB International  were prepared from the
accounts of the Company under the accrual basis of accounting.

On September 14, 2004, FFB International entered into a Share Exchange Agreement
(the  "Exchange  Agreement")  with Fit For Business  Australia Pty Limited ("FFB
Australia"),  an Australian private company,  whereby FFB International acquired
all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia in exchange for
shares of common and preferred stock of the Company. As a result of the Exchange
Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control FFB International,  and FFB
Australia  has been  deemed to have  effected  a reverse  merger  for  financial
reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement.  The deemed reverse
merger will be  recorded  as a  recapitalization  of the  Company,  with the net
assets  of  FFB  International  and  FFB  Australia  brought  forward  at  their
historical bases.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For  purposes of  reporting  within the  statement  of cash  flows,  the Company
considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions
or penalties,  and all highly liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

   Revenue Recognition

The Company is in the  development  stage and has yet to realize  any  revenues.
Since the Company is essentially inactive,  the determination of the recognition
of  revenue  will  commence  at the  time  the  Company  has  revenue  producing
operations.

                                      F-27


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003


   Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The  Company  has no assets.  However,  the  Company  has  adopted the policy of
evaluating the  recoverability  of long-lived  assets and the related  estimated
remaining lives at each balance sheet date. As such, the Company will record any
impairment or change in useful life whenever events or changes in  circumstances
indicate that the carrying  amount may not be recoverable or the useful life has
changed.

   Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing  the net loss  attributable  to the
common  stockholders  by the weighted  average  number of shares of common stock
outstanding during the period.  Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar
to basic loss per share except that the  denominator is increased to include the
number of  additional  common  shares  that would have been  outstanding  if the
potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were
dilutive.

   Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company has adopted  SFAS No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  ("SFAS
130").  As such,  the Company  will  present  comprehensive  income  (loss),  as
required.  SFAS 130 states  that all items that are  required  to be  recognized
under  accounting  standards as  components  of  comprehensive  income (loss) be
reported in the financial  statements.  For the period ended June 30, 2004,  and
2003, the Company had no elements of comprehensive income (loss).

   Income Taxes

The Company  accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109,  Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109").  Under SFAS 109,  deferred tax asset and  liabilities
are  determined  based on  temporary  differences  between  the bases of certain
assets and  liabilities  for income tax and financial  reporting  purposes.  The
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are classified  according to the financial
statement   classification   of  the  assets  and  liabilities   generating  the
differences.

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon potential likelihood of
realizing  the deferred tax asset and taking into  consideration  the  Company's
current  financial  position and results of operations  for the current  period.
Future  realization  of the  deferred  tax benefit  depends on the  existence of
sufficient  taxable income within the carryforward  period under the Federal tax
laws.

                                      F-28


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

Changes in circumstances,  such as the Company generating taxable income,  could
cause a change in judgment about the  realizability  of the related deferred tax
asset.  Any change in the valuation  allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

   Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the fair value method to account for  non-employee  stock-based
compensation  in  accordance  with  SFAS No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation,  and FASB Emerging  Issues Task Force,  or EITF,  Issue No. 96-18,
Accounting  for Equity  Instruments  That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring,  or in Conjunction  with Selling,  Goods or Services.  Under the fair
value method,  all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration
received for the issuance of equity  instruments shall be accounted for based on
the fair  value of the  consideration  received  or the fair value of the equity
instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

   Concentration of Credit Risk

As of June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company did not have any material off-balance
sheet risks or credit concentrations. any is June 30 of each year.

   Estimates

The  financial  statements  are prepared on the basis of  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, The Company had no assets, liabilities or operations as of June 30,
2004, and 2003, that required the use of estimates.

(2)    Development Stage Activities and Going Concern

Since its inception, the Company has been essentially inactive, and has remained
a shell entity.  The Company was initially  incorporated  under the name of Elli
Tsab,  Inc.  On April 15,  2004,  the name of the Company was changed to Patient
Data  Corporation,  and the authorized  capital structure revised to provide for
preferred stock, as well as additional authorized shares of common stock.

The Company was in the  development  stage as of June 30,  2004,  and 2003,  and
operations had not commenced.  The business purpose of the Company is to provide
a corporate  entity,  validly  organized  within the Unite States,  with which a
foreign  company may complete a reverse  merger  transaction  for the purpose of
conducting  a capital  formation  activity  through the issuance of common stock
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

                                      F-29


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

As explained in Notes 1 and 4, on September 14, 2004,  the Company  entered into
the Exchange Agreement with FFB Australia whereby FFB International acquired all
of the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of FFB  Australia in exchange for
shares of common and preferred stock. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the
stockholders of FFB Australia control FFB  International,  and FFB Australia has
been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial  reporting  purposes
as of the date of the Exchange  Agreement.  FFB  Australia is in the business of
providing  products and services  for: (i)  corporate  wellness  programs  which
address business  productivity,  stress and absenteeism issues; (ii) living well
programs directed primarily,  but not exclusively,  to individuals over 45 years
of age; and (iii) nutritional supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife
International, Inc.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which contemplate
continuation  of the  Company  as a going  concern.  The  Company  has  incurred
operating losses since inception,  and had no cash or working capital as of June
30, 2004, and 2003.  These and other factors raise  substantial  doubt about the
Company's  ability to continue as a going concern.  The  accompanying  financial
statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects
on  the   recoverability  and  classification  of  assets  or  the  amounts  and
classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the
Company to continue as a going concern.

(3)    Convertible Debt

In November 2003, FFB Australia began a capital  formation  activity through the
private  placement  of up to 200  unsecured  convertible  promissory  notes (the
"Note"  or  "Notes").  Under  the terms of the  private  placement  subscription
agreement,  the  minimum  unit  participation  was one unit per Note  valued  at
$5,000.  Multiple  units could be acquired under the terms of a single Note. The
Notes  issued for the units stated a maturity  date of November  30,  2004,  and
provided  for an interest  rate of ten  percent  (10%) per annum,  payable  upon
redemption.  None of the Notes were issued to officers,  directors, or employees
of FFB Australia or FFB International.

The Notes were  convertible  into 10,000  shares of common stock per unit at any
time prior to  maturity at the option of the note  holder,  or, if called by FFB
Australia,  then  automatically in the event of a public offering of shares.  No
value was  associated  with the conversion  feature of the Notes.  FFB Australia
structured an incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private
placement for the Notes,  and provided an additional  1/2 unit of value for each
unit subscribed. As such, as of September 14, 2004, FFB Australia had received

                                      F-30


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

and recorded  proceeds of $365,000  under the private  placement in exchange for
the Notes with 87 units for the  calculation  of  conversion  into common  stock
(870,000 shares of common stock), and accrued interest in the amount of $13,801.
The liability for the Notes was assumed by the FFB  International as a result of
the Exchange Agreement.

On September 20, 2004, the Company, pursuant to a planned public offering of its
common  stock,  called  and  converted  Notes with a unit value of 42 units into
420,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of
common  stock for a total of $140,000.  Further,  on  September  29,  2004,  the
remaining  Notes with a unit value of 45 units were called and  converted by the
Company into 450,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50
per share of common stock for a total of $225,000.  The value of the  conversion
transactions  in excess of the par value of the common stock  issued,  including
accrued interest, was recorded as additional paid-in capital.

(4)    Common Stock Transactions and Capital Formation

   Issuance of Common Stock

On May 30, 2001, FFB  International  issued 5,000,000 shares of its common stock
to former officers and directors of the Company for services rendered. The value
of the services rendered was $5,000. This transaction, the accumulated (deficit)
of the Company, the value of the stock options issued (see below) and consulting
expenses  paid to a former  officer  and  director  of the  Company  made up the
components  of  the  reverse  merger  related  to  the  recapitalization  of FFB
International common stock effected as of September 13, 2004.

   Stock Option Agreement

On July 25, 2004,  the Company issued  2,000,000  options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company (see below), to purchase the same
number of shares of its common stock for $10,000 in cash.  The option  period is
through  December 31, 2005.  The exercise  price of the options is the higher of
$0.50 per share or the average trading price of the Company's  common stock over
the  preceding  ten  business  days prior to  exercise  of the  options,  less a
discount  of 40 percent.  The  proceeds  received by the Company  were paid to a
former officer and director of the Company for services rendered.

   Stock Exchange Agreement

On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into the Exchange  Agreement with FFB
Australia  and acquired all of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of FFB
Australia  (81 shares) in exchange  for  15,000,000  shares of common  stock and
1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock of the Company.  Both the common stock and
preferred stock of FFB  International  have a par value of $.001.  The shares of
preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is entitled to fifty (50)

                                      F-31


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

votes in a general  meeting  of the  stockholders.  As a result of the  Exchange
Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control FFB International,  and FFB
Australia  has been  deemed to have  effected  a reverse  merger  for  financial
reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement.  The deemed reverse
merger has been  recorded as a  recapitalization  of the  Company,  with the net
assets of the  Company and FFB  Australia  brought  forward at their  historical
bases.

   Conversion of Notes

On September 20, 2004,  the Company  issued  420,000  shares of its common stock
with a value of $140,000 in connection  with the conversion of certain Notes and
accrued interest (see Note 3).

On September 29, 2004,  the Company  issued  450,000  shares of its common stock
with a value of $225,000 in connection  with the  conversion of the remainder of
the Notes and accrued interest (see Note 3).

   Other Transactions

For each  fiscal year since  1998,  FFB  Australia  recognized  as  compensation
expense the ongoing  contribution of time and effort of six individuals,  two of
which,  currently serve as officers of the Company.  Such  individuals  provided
their time and effort without  formal  compensation  by FFB  Australia.  Through
September 14, 2004, the total  liability for employee  compensation  amounted to
$220,000,  which was assumed by the Company under the Exchange  Agreement.  This
obligation  was  satisfied by the transfer of 440,000  shares of common stock of
FFB International  directly to the individuals from the shares received from the
Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen,  President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company,  at a value of $.50 per share. The Company credited paid-in capital
for the value of the accrued compensation satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

As of June 30, 2004, FFB Australia owed Wayne Hoskin,  a former director of that
company,  the amount of $7,500. The obligation  resulted from a loan made to FFB
Australia.  Mr.  Hoskin  agreed to accept  15,000  shares of common stock of FFB
International in full  satisfaction of this  obligation.  On September 13, 2004,
from the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen,  President and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, Mr. Hoskin received 15,000
shares of common  stock  valued at  $7,500.  FFB  International  recognized  the
satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

                                      F-32


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

FFB  Australia  also owed Donald  Howell  Wild, a former note holder and current
stockholder of the Company,  the amount of $20,000 for services rendered related
to the private  placement of Notes (see Note 3). From the common stock issued to
Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange  Agreement,  on September 14, 2004, Mr. Wild received  40,000 shares of
common stock valued at $20,000. FFB International recognized the satisfaction of
this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

   Capital Formation Activity

On November 10, 2003,  FFB Australia  entered into an agreement with Fort Street
to provide services and assistance with the following: (i) the identification of
a  corporation  validly  organized  in the United  States with which the Company
could realize a deemed reverse  merger;  and (ii) the completion and filing of a
Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the  purpose  of  raising
capital from the  issuance of common  stock in the public  markets of up to $4.5
million.  Subsequent to the  completion of the reverse merger under the Exchange
Agreement, the Company is continuing with this capital formation activity.

(5)      Income Taxes

The  provision  (benefit)  for income taxes for the periods ended June 30, 2004,
and 2003, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax rate):

                                                   2005          2004
                                                ----------    ----------
         Current Tax Provision:
           Federal-
             Taxable income                     $     --      $     --
                                                ----------    ----------

                Total current tax provision     $     --      $     --
                                                ==========    ==========

         Deferred Tax Provision:
           Federal-
             Loss carryforwards                       --            --
             Change in valuation allowance            --            --
                                                ----------    ----------

                Total deferred tax provision    $     --      $     --
                                                ==========    ==========

The Company had  deferred  income tax assets as of June 30, 2004,  and 2003,  as
follows:

                                                   2005
                                                ----------
             Loss carryforwards                 $    1,700
             Less - Valuation allowance             (1,700)
                                                ----------

                Total net deferred tax assets   $     --
                                                ==========


                                      F-33


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

As of June 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for income
tax reporting purposes of approximately $5,000 that may be offset against future
taxable income.  The net operating loss  carryforwards  expire in the year 2021.
Current tax laws limit the amount of loss  available to be offset against future
taxable income when a substantial  change in ownership occurs or a change in the
nature of the business. Therefore, the amount available to offset future taxable
income  may be  limited.  No tax  benefit  has been  reported  in the  financial
statements for the realization of loss  carryforwards,  as the Company  believes
there is high  probability  that the  carryforwards  will not be utilized in the
foreseeable  future.  Accordingly,  the  potential  tax  benefits  of  the  loss
carryforwards are offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.

(6)      Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB  Interpretation  No. 46,  Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ("FIN 46"). The FASB
issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003,  which modified and clarified  various
aspects of the original  interpretations.  A Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") is
created when (i) the equity  investment at risk is not  sufficient to permit the
entity to finance  its  activities  without  additional  subordinated  financial
support  from other  parties or (ii)  equity  holders  either (a) lack direct or
indirect  ability to make decisions  about the entity,  (b) are not obligated to
absorb  expected  losses of the  entity or (c) do not have the right to  receive
expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity is deemed to
be a VIE,  pursuant  to FIN 46, an  enterprise  that  absorbs a majority  of the
expected  losses  of the VIE is  considered  the  primary  beneficiary  and must
consolidate  the VIE. For VIE's  created  before  January 31,  2003,  FIN 46 was
deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15,
2004.  The  adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material  impact on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 150,
Accounting  for  Certain  Financial  Instruments  With  Characteristics  of Both
Liabilities and Equity, ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to classify
as liabilities the following three types of freestanding  financial instruments:
(1) mandatory  redeemable financial  instruments,  (2) obligations to repurchase
the issuer's equity shares by transferring  assets; and (3) certain  obligations
to issue a variable  number of shares.  The  adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a
material  impact on the  financial  position  or  results of  operations  of the
Company.

In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting  Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"),
Revenue Recognition,  which supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements.  SAB 104's  primary  purpose is to rescind the  accounting  guidance
contained  in  SAB  101  related  to  multiple  element  revenue   arrangements,
superseded  as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21.  The Company  adopted the
provisions  of SAB 104, and it did not have a material  impact on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

                                      F-34


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       (FORMERLY PATIENT DATA CORPORATION)
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

(7)      Commitments and Contingencies

The following transactions were dated November 29, 2004:

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve
as its President and Chief Executive Officer.  Under the terms of the agreement,
Mr. Poulsen will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $289,000 for
services  to FFB  International.  He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of
each country or geographic-area  license sold. In addition, on December 1, 2004,
the Board of Directors of the Company awarded a bonus of approximately  $388,250
to be paid to Mr.  Poulsen  within 30 days after the listing of the common stock
of FFB International on the over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD.

The Company entered into an employment  agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve
as its Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the
agreement,  Mr. Ralston will be compensated at the annual rate of  approximately
$131,000,  plus  benefits and bonus.  In addition,  Mr.  Ralston will be granted
options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock of FFB International  under an
option plan, when and if established.  The Company will also be obligated to pay
a recruiting fee for the  employment of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global  Resources,
an executive personnel placement firm, amounting to approximately $21,100.

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve
as its Senior  Vice  President  of Sales.  Mr.  Head is also a  Director  of the
Company.  Under the terms of the agreement,  Mr. Head will be compensated at the
annual rate of approximately  $77,000,  plus benefits and bonus. He will also be
paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold.

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Sandra Wendt to serve as
its Vice President of  Administration  and Chief  Financial  Officer.  Under the
terms of the  agreement,  Ms.  Wendt will be  compensated  at the annual rate of
approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus.


                                      F-35


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 AND 2003




Report of Independent Auditors..............................................F-37

Financial Statements-

   Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2004 and 2003..............................F-38

   Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004, and 2003, and Cumulative from Inception ..........F-39

   Statements of Stockholders' (Deficit) for the Periods from
     Inception through June 30, 2004........................................F-40

   Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004, and 2003, and Cumulative from Inception ..........F-41

   Notes to Financial Statements for the Years
     Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 ..........................................F-42












                                      F-36



                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited:

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Fit For Business (Australia)
Pty Limited,  an Australian private company in the development stage, as of June
30, 2004 and 2003, and the related  statements of operations  and  comprehensive
(loss),  stockholders'  (deficit),  and cash flows for the  periods  then ended.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  standards  of the Public  Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and  perform  the  audits to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the
financial  statements  are free of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes
examining,  on a test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  An audit also  includes  assessing  the  accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as well as
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial  position of Fit For Business  (Australia)
Pty Limited as of June 30, 2004 and 2003,  and the results of its operations and
its cash  flows for the  periods  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note 2 to the
financial statements, the Company is in the development stage, is conducting its
capital formation activities, has experienced an operating loss since inception,
and its working  capital is insufficient  to meet planned  business  objectives.
These and other factors raise  substantial  doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plans regarding these matters are also
described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/ Davis Accounting Group P.C.

Cedar City, Utah,
February 17, 2005.


                                      F-37




                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                             BALANCE SHEETS (NOTE 2)
                          AS OF JUNE 30, 2004, AND 2003

                                     ASSETS
                                                                   2004          2003
                                                                ----------    ----------
                                                                        
Current Assets:
  Cash on hand and in bank                                      $      137    $       54
  Accounts Receivable-
    Due from Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. - Related party         26,880          --
    Goods and services tax refund                                    1,051         1,458
                                                                ----------    ----------
    Total current assets                                            28,068         1,512
                                                                ----------    ----------
Property and Equipment:
  Office and computer equipment                                        206          --
  Web site development costs                                         4,487         4,336
                                                                ----------    ----------
                                                                     4,693         4,336
  Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization                  (3,009)       (1,446)
                                                                ----------    ----------
    Net property and equipment                                       1,684         2,890
                                                                ----------    ----------
Other Assets:
  Trademark                                                            207           200
  Less - Accumulated amortization                                     (119)          (95)
  Deferred offering costs                                           23,000          --
                                                                ----------    ----------
    Total other assets                                              23,088           105
                                                                ----------    ----------
Total Assets                                                    $   52,840    $    4,507
                                                                ==========    ==========

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)

Current Liabilities:
  Checks in excess of bank balance                              $     --      $       64
  Accounts payable - trade                                           2,895          --
  Accrued interest                                                   8,103          --
  Accrued compensation                                             196,616       156,248
  Convertible promissory notes                                     185,000          --
  Loans from related parties                                        96,098       147,684
                                                                ----------    ----------
     Total current liabilities                                     488,712       303,996
                                                                ----------    ----------
     Total liabilities                                             488,712       303,996
                                                                ----------    ----------
Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' (Deficit):
  Capital stock, 81 shares authorized, issued and outstanding           50            50
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)                           (40,086)      (33,967)
  (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage              (395,836)     (265,572)
                                                                ----------    ----------
    Total stockholders' (deficit)                                 (435,872)     (299,489)
                                                                ----------    ----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit)                   $   52,840    $    4,507
                                                                ==========    ==========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-38




                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) (NOTE 2)
                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, AND 2003,
                AND CUMULATED FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2004

                                                                              Cumulative
                                                                                 From
                                                     2004          2003        Inception
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                     
Revenues:
   Revenues                                       $      203    $      363    $    8,295
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
      Total revenues                                     203           363         8,295
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Cost of Goods Sold:
  Cost of goods sold                                      87           242         3,724
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Gross Profit                                             116           121         4,571
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Expenses:
  General and administrative                         122,220        24,297       392,247
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
      Total general and administrative expenses      122,220        24,297       392,247
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
(Loss) from Operations                              (122,104)      (24,176)     (387,676)
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Other Income (Expense):
  Interest income                                       --            --               1
  Interest (expense)                                  (8,160)         --          (8,160)
Provision for income taxes                              --            --            --
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Net (Loss)                                        $ (130,264)   $  (24,176)   $ (395,835)
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Comprehensive (Loss):
  Australian currency translation                     (6,119)      (45,554)      (40,086)
                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Total Comprehensive (Loss)                        $ (136,383)   $  (69,730)   $ (435,921)
                                                  ==========    ==========    ==========
(Loss) Per Common Share:
  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted     $(1,608.20)   $  (298.47)
                                                  ==========    ==========
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
  Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                         81            81
                                                  ==========    ==========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-39




                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                 STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) (NOTE 2)
               FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2004

                                                                                   (Deficit)
                                                                  Accumulated     Accumulated
                                           Capital Stock             Other         During the
                                     -------------------------   Comprehensive    Development
           Description                  Shares        Amount        (Loss)           Stage          Totals
- ----------------------------------   -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                  

Balance - December 14, 1998                 --     $      --     $        --      $      --      $      --

Issuance of capital stock for cash            81            50            --             --               50

Australian currency translation             --            --              (534)          --             (534)

Net (loss) for the period                   --            --              --          (16,961)       (16,961)
                                     -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 1999                       81   $        50   $        (534)   $   (16,961)   $   (17,445)

Australian currency translation             --            --             7,472           --            7,472

Net (loss) for the period                   --            --              --         (138,322)      (138,322)
                                     -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2000                       81            50           6,938       (155,283)      (148,295)

Australian currency translation             --            --            25,453           --           25,453

Net (loss) for the period                   --            --              --          (53,529)       (53,529)
                                     -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2001                       81            50          32,391       (208,812)      (176,371)

Australian currency translation             --            --           (20,804)          --          (20,804)

Net (loss) for the period                   --            --              --          (32,584)       (32,584)
                                     -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2002                       81            50          11,587       (241,396)      (229,759)

Australian currency translation             --            --           (45,554)          --          (45,554)

Net (loss) for the period                   --            --              --          (24,176)       (24,176)
                                     -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2003                       81            50         (33,967)      (265,572)      (299,489)

Australian currency translation             --            --            (6,119)          --           (6,119)

Net (loss) for the period                   --            --              --         (130,264)      (130,264)
                                     -----------   -----------   -------------    -----------    -----------
Balance - June 30, 2004                       81   $        50   $     (40,086)   $  (395,836)   $  (435,872)
                                     ===========   ===========   =============    ===========    ===========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-40




                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTE 2)
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2004, AND 2003, AND
                  CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2004

                                                                                          Cumulative
                                                                                             From
                                                                 2004          2003        Inception
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                 
Operating Activities:
  Net (loss)                                                  $ (130,264)   $  (24,176)   $ (395,835)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash (used in)
    operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                 1,587         1,477         3,128
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                         77,000          --          77,000
       Changes in net assets and liabilities-
         Accounts receivable                                     (26,601)         (748)      (27,931)
         Accounts payable - trade                                  2,894        (4,030)        2,894
         Accrued interest                                          8,103          --           8,103
         Other accrued liabilities                                40,368        40,260       196,616
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities              (26,913)       12,783      (136,025)
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Investing Activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment                               (213)          (31)         (413)
  Expenditures for web site development costs                       (151)         (672)       (4,487)
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities                             (364)         (703)       (4,900)
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes                185,000          --         185,000
  Checks in excess of bank balance                                    65           (65)         --
  Loans from related parties                                        --          33,547        96,098
  Payment of deferred offering costs                            (100,000)         --        (100,000)
  Payments on loans from related parties                         (51,586)         --            --
  Proceeds from the issuance of capital stock                       --            --              50
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities                         33,479        33,482       181,148
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash                           (6,119)      (45,554)      (40,086)
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Increase in Cash                                                  83             8           137

Cash - Beginning of Period                                            54            46          --
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
Cash - End of Period                                          $      137    $       54    $      137
                                                              ==========    ==========    ==========
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest                                                 $     --      $     --      $     --
                                                              ==========    ==========    ==========
     Income taxes                                             $     --      $     --      $     --
                                                              ==========    ==========    ==========



               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                    an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                      F-41


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

(1)      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation and Organization

Fit For Business  (Australia) Pty Limited ("FFB  Australia" or the "Company") is
an Australian private company in the development stage of providing products and
services  for:  (i)  corporate   wellness   programs   which  address   business
productivity,  stress and absenteeism issues; (ii) living well programs directed
primarily, but not exclusively,  to individuals over 45 years of age; and, (iii)
nutritional   supplements   manufactured   and   supplied  by   Herbalife   Ltd.
("Herbalife").  The  accompanying  financial  statements of FFB  Australia  were
prepared  from the accounts of the Company under the accrual basis of accounting
in United States dollars.

FFB Australia was  organized as an  Australian  private  company on December 14,
1998, and subsequently  began certain marketing studies and corporate  awareness
programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, the
Company initiated a capital formation  activity through the private placement of
certain  convertible  promissory  notes which  provided,  through June 30, 2004,
proceeds of $185,000.  Subsequent  to June 30,  2004,  the  continuation  of the
activity for the private placement of the convertible  promissory notes provided
an additional $180,000 in proceeds.

In  addition,  in  November  2003,  the Company  commenced  a capital  formation
activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation  validly organized
in the United States for the purpose of completing a  Registration  Statement on
Form SB-2 with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  and raising
capital from the  issuance of common  stock in the public  markets of up to $4.5
million.  The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger
and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful.  Subsequently,  FFB Australia
completed a deemed reverse  merger  effective  September 14, 2004,  with Fit For
Business International, Inc. ("FFB International"), and is currently undertaking
a second capital  formation  activity of the same type as part of the operations
of that entity.

Prior to June 30, 2004,  FFB  Australia,  aside from the capital  formation  and
marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating
costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity,  receipt of a trade
mark in Australia for the name and related logo of Fit For  Business,  formation
of a management  team,  accounting and tax preparation  fees,  consulting  fees,
travel,   and  other  general  and  administrative   expenses.   For  additional
information  relating to the development  stage  activities of the Company,  see
Note 2.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For  purposes of  reporting  within the  statement  of cash  flows,  the Company
considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions
or penalties,  and all highly liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

                                      F-42


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

   Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from employees,  related parties, and
value added tax  refunds.  The Company  establishes  an  allowance  for doubtful
accounts  in  amounts   sufficient  to  absorb   potential  losses  on  accounts
receivable.  As of June 30, 2004,  and 2003, no allowance for doubtful  accounts
was deemed necessary.  While management uses the best information available upon
which to base estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if
economic  conditions  differ  substantially  from the  assumptions  used for the
purpose of analysis.

   Revenue Recognition

The Company is in the  development  stage and has yet to realize any significant
revenues  from planned  operations.  However,  the Company is in the business of
providing products and services for corporate and living well programs,  as well
as from the sale of nutritional products manufactured and supplied by Herbalife.
After the  commencement  of planned  operations,  revenues will be realized from
such products and services at the time of  completion of each product sale,  and
as services are rendered.

Revenues  will also be realized  from  licensing  activities  related to various
countries  and   geographic   regions,   which  entitle   licensees  to  recruit
representatives  for the  Company,  and  market and  promote  the  products  and
services.  Such revenues will be realized over the term and under the conditions
of each specific license.

   Internal Web Site Development Costs

Under  Emerging  Issues  Taskforce  Statement  00-2,  Accounting  for  Web  Site
Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning
and operating  stages of the Company's web site are expensed as incurred.  Under
EITF  00-2,  costs  incurred  in the web  site  application  and  infrastructure
development  stages are capitalized by the Company and amortized to expense over
the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit.  As of June 30, 2004,
the FFB Australia had capitalized $4,487 related to its web site development.

   Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

Under Statement of Position 98-1,  Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal  Use ("SOP  98-1"),  the Company  capitalizes
external  direct  costs of  materials  and services  consumed in  developing  or
obtained internal-use  computer software;  payroll and payroll-related costs for
employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  and  who  devote  time  to  the
internal-use  computer  software  project;  and, interest costs related to loans
incurred for the development of internal-use  software. As of June 30, 2004, and
2003, the Company had not undertaken any projects  related to the development of
internal-use software.

                                      F-43


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

   Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed

Under  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 86,  Accounting for the
Costs of Computer  Software to be Sold,  Leased,  or Otherwise  Marketed  ("SFAS
86"), the Company  capitalizes  costs associated with the development of certain
training  software  products  held for sale when  technological  feasibility  is
established.  Capitalized  computer software costs of products held for sale are
amortized  over the useful life of the products from the software  release date.
As of June 30,  2004,  and 2003,  the Company had not  undertaken  any  projects
related to the development of software products held for sale or to be otherwise
marketed.

   Trademark

The Company  obtained a trademark  from the  government  of Australia  effective
October 15, 1999. The trademark  covers the name "Fit For Business" and the logo
of the Company.  The cost of obtaining the trademark has been capitalized by the
Company, and is being amortized over a period of ten years.

   Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred, except for television
or magazine  advertisements,  which are charged to expense when the  advertising
first takes  place.  For the years ended June 30,  2004,  and 2003,  advertising
expense amounted to $681 and $3,535, respectively.

   Property and Equipment

The  components  of property  and  equipment  are stated at cost.  Property  and
equipment  costs are depreciated or amortized for financial  reporting  purposes
over the useful lives of the related assets by the straight-line  method. Useful
lives utilized by the Company for calculating  depreciation or amortization  are
as follows:

               Computer and office equipment               5 years
               Internal web site development costs         3 years

Upon disposition of an asset, its cost and related  accumulated  depreciation or
amortization  are removed from the accounts,  and any resulting  gain or less is
recognized.

                                      F-44


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003


   Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Under Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121,  Accounting for the
Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of
("SFAS 121"), the Company evaluates the  recoverability of long-lived assets and
the related  estimated  remaining  lives at each balance sheet date. The Company
records an  impairment  or change in useful life  whenever  events or changes in
circumstances  indicate that the carrying  amount may not be  recoverable or the
useful life has changed.

   Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing  the net loss  attributable  to the
common  stockholders  by the weighted  average  number of shares of common stock
outstanding during the period.  Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar
to basic loss per share except that the  denominator is increased to include the
number of  additional  common  shares  that would have been  outstanding  if the
potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were
dilutive.

   Deferred Offering Costs

The  Company  defers as other  assets the direct,  incremental  costs of raising
capital  until such time as the offering is  completed,  at which time the costs
are charged against the capital raised.  Should the offering be terminated,  the
costs are  charged to  operations  during the  period in which the  offering  is
terminated (see Note 4).

   Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, Reporting  Comprehensive Income ("SFAS
130").  SFAS 130 states that all items that are required to be recognized  under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in
the financial  statements.  For the periods ended June 30, 2004,  and 2003,  the
only components of comprehensive (loss) were the net (loss) for the periods, and
the foreign currency translation adjustments.

   Income Taxes

The Company  accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109,  Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109").  Under SFAS 109,  deferred tax asset and  liabilities
are  determined  based on  temporary  differences  between  the bases of certain
assets and  liabilities  for income tax and financial  reporting  purposes.  The
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are classified  according to the financial
statement   classification   of  the  assets  and  liabilities   generating  the
differences.

                                      F-45


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon potential likelihood of
realizing  the deferred tax asset and taking into  consideration  the  Company's
current  financial  position and results of operations  for the current  period.
Future  realization  of the  deferred  tax benefit  depends on the  existence of
sufficient  taxable income within the carryforward  period under the Federal tax
laws.

Changes in circumstances,  such as the Company generating taxable income,  could
cause a change in judgment about the  realizability  of the related deferred tax
asset.  Any change in the valuation  allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

   Foreign Currency Translation

The Company accounts for foreign currency  translation  pursuant to SFAS No. 52,
Foreign Currency  Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's  functional currency is
the Australian  dollar.  All assets and  liabilities  are translated into United
States  dollars using the current  exchange rate at the end of each fiscal year.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in other
comprehensive income (loss) for the period.  Certain transactions of the Company
are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to
such  transactions  are  recognized  for each  reporting  period in the  related
statement of operations and comprehensive (loss).

   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value of  financial  instruments  using  the
available market  information and valuation  methods.  Considerable  judgment is
required in estimating fair value. Accordingly,  the estimates of fair value may
not be indicative  of the amounts the Company could realize in a current  market
exchange.  As of June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company did not have any financial
instruments requiring the estimate of fair value.

   Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the fair value method to account for  non-employee  stock-based
compensation  in  accordance  with  SFAS No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation,  and FASB Emerging  Issues Task Force,  or EITF,  Issue No. 96-18,
Accounting  for Equity  Instruments  That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring,  or in Conjunction  with Selling,  Goods or Services.  Under the fair
value method,  all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration
received for the issuance of equity  instruments shall be accounted for based on
the fair  value of the  consideration  received  or the fair value of the equity
instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

                                      F-46


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

   Concentrations of Risk

As of June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company had a material off-balance sheet risk
with regards to its  dependence  upon Herbalife as its sole source of supply for
the  purchase  of  nutritional  supplements  related  to  its  planned  wellness
programs.

   Fiscal Year End of the Company

The fiscal year end of the Company is June 30 of each year.

   Estimates

The  financial  statements  are prepared on the basis of  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities  as of June 30,  2004,  and 2003,  and expenses for the periods then
ended. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management.

(2)      Development Stage Activities and Going Concern

FFB  Australia is an  Australian  private  company in the  development  stage of
providing products and services for corporate business wellness programs; living
well programs directed  primarily,  but not exclusively,  to individuals over 45
years  of  age;  and,  nutritional  supplements  manufactured  and  supplied  by
Herbalife.  As of June  30,  2004,  and  subsequent  thereto,  the  Company  had
completed  organization and reverse merger  transactions,  initial marketing and
corporate  awareness  programs designed to obtain customers for its products and
services,  the  receipt  of a  trademark  in  Australia  for the  name  "Fit For
Business" The Company was organized as an Australian private company on December
14,  1998,  and  subsequently  began  certain  marketing  studies and  corporate
awareness programs to obtain customers for its products and services. As of June
30, 2004, the Company had not realized significant revenues from its development
stage activities, nor had it commenced its primary operations.

In October 2003, the Company initiated a capital formation  activity through the
private placement of certain unsecured promissory notes, convertible into common
stock, which provided,  through June 30, 2004, proceeds of $185,000.  Subsequent
to June 30, 2004, the continuation of the activity for the private  placement of
the unsecured  convertible  promissory notes provided an additional  $180,000 in
proceeds.

In  addition,  in  November  2003,  the Company  commenced  a capital  formation
activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation  validly organized
in the United States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on

                                      F-47


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

Form SB-2 with the SEC, and raising capital from the issuance of common stock in
the public markets of up to $4.5 million. The initial capital formation activity
through  a  deemed   reverse  merger  and  the  issuance  of  common  stock  was
unsuccessful.  Subsequently,  FFB Australia  completed a deemed  reverse  merger
effective  September  14,  2004,  with  FFB  International,   and  is  currently
undertaking a second capital formation  activity of the same type as part of the
operations of that entity.

Prior to June 30, 2004,  and through  September 14, 2004,  which was the date of
the deemed reverse merger  transaction  with FFB  International,  FFB Australia,
aside from the  reverse  merger,  capital  formation  and  marketing  activities
described above,  incurred other  development stage operating costs and expenses
related to its  organization as an entity,  receipt of a trade mark in Australia
for the name and related  logo of Fit For  Business,  formation  of a management
team,  accounting and tax preparation fees,  consulting fees,  travel, and other
general and  administrative  expenses.  Through the use of the proceeds from the
private placement of the convertible  promissory notes described above and loans
from  related  parties,  the Company has been able to continue  its  development
stage business activities, as described herein.

While  management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in
its capital formation and operating  activities,  there can be no assurance that
the Company  will be able to raise $4.5  million in equity  capital  through its
filing with the SEC and related activities,  or be successful in the sale of its
products  and services  that will  generate  sufficient  revenues to sustain the
operations of the Company.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with
accounting   principles   generally   accepted  in  the  United  States,   which
contemplates  continuation  of the Company as a going  concern.  The Company has
incurred  operating losses since  inception,  the working capital as of June 30,
2004, was negative,  and the cash resources of the Company are  insufficient  to
meet its planned business objectives.  These and other factors raise substantial
doubt  about  the  Company's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The
accompanying  financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the
possible future effects on the  recoverability  and  classification of assets or
the amounts and  classification of liabilities that may result from the possible
inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

(3)      Convertible Debt

In November 2003,  the Company began a capital  formation  activity  through the
private  placement  of up to 200  unsecured  convertible  promissory  notes (the
"Note"  or  "Notes").  Under  the terms of the  private  placement  subscription
agreement,  the  minimum  unit  participation  was one unit per Note  valued  at
$5,000.  Multiple  units could be acquired under the terms of a single Note. The
Notes  issued for the units stated a maturity  date of November  30,  2004,  and
provided  for an interest  rate of ten  percent  (10%) per annum,  payable  upon
redemption.  None of the Notes issued were to officers,  directors, or employees
of the Company.

                                      F-48


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

The Notes were  convertible  into 10,000  shares of common stock per unit at any
time prior to  maturity  at the option of the note  holder,  or if called by the
Company,  then  automatically  in the event of a public  offering of shares with
which the  Company  was  involved  through  a merger  transaction.  The  Company
structured an incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private
placement for the Notes,  and provided an additional  1/2 unit of value for each
unit  subscribed for. As such, as of June 30, 2004, the Company had received and
recorded  proceeds of $185,000  under the private  placement in exchange for the
Notes with 51 units for the calculation of conversion into common stock (510,000
shares of common stock),  and related accrued  interest in the amount of $8,103.
These  amounts are  presented in the  accompanying  balance sheet as of June 30,
2004, as current  liabilities.  No value has been associated with the conversion
feature of the Notes in the accompanying  financial  statements.  See Note 9 for
additional information on the convertible debt subsequent to June 30, 2004.

(4)      Capital Stock Transactions and Capital Formation

   Outstanding Capital Stock

As of June 30,  2004,  and 2003,  the Company had two  stockholders  that held a
total of 81 shares  (100  percent  of the  outstanding  shares) of  ordinary  or
capital stock. The shareholders  were: (i) Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. -
79 shares, a company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company;  and, (ii) Mark A. Poulsen - 2 shares, the President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

   Stock Exchange Agreement

On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into a Share Exchange  Agreement (the
"Exchange   Agreement")   with  FFB   International   (formerly   Patient   Data
Corporation),  a Nevada corporation,  whereby FFB International  acquired all of
the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of FFB  Australia  (81  shares) in
exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock. Both the common stock and preferred stock of FFB International have a par
value of $.001. The business  combination was valued at $16,000, or par value of
the  shares  issued by FFB  International.  The  shares of  preferred  stock are
non-participating,  but each share is  entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general
meeting  of the  stockholders.  As a  result  of  the  Exchange  Agreement,  FFB
Australia  controls FFB  International,  and has been deemed to have  effected a
reverse merger for financial  reporting  purposes as of the date of the Exchange
Agreement.

                                      F-49


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

   Capital Formation Activity

On November 10,  2003,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Fort Street
Equity Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company, whereby Fort Street would
assist the Company in the  following:  (i) the  identification  of a corporation
validly  organized in the United  States with which the Company  could realize a
deemed  reverse  merger;  and (ii) the  completion  and filing of a Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising  capital from the
issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million.

The Company paid Fort Street a deposit  against fees and costs of $100,000.  The
initial capital formation  activity conducted by the Company and Fort Street was
not successful due to the fact that the  organization and completion of a deemed
reverse merger with a validly  organized  corporation in the United States could
not be effected.  Further,  as a result of the uncompleted  merger,  the Company
expensed  $77,000 of the amount  paid to Fort  Street as  unsuccessful  offering
costs. The Company and Fort Street initiated a second capital formation activity
which  resulted in the Exchange  Agreement with FFB  International  as described
above,  and the current  activity to file a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2
with the SEC. As of June 30, 2004, the Company had $23,000 of deferred  offering
costs which were  comprised  of legal and  accounting  fees paid to complete the
Form SB-2 registration process.

(5)      Income Taxes

The  provision  (benefit)  for income taxes for the periods ended June 30, 2004,
and 2003, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax rate):

                                                 2004          2003
                                              ----------    ----------
       Current Tax Provision:
         Federal-
           Taxable income                     $     --      $     --
                                              ----------    ----------
              Total current tax provision     $     --      $     --
                                              ==========    ==========

       Deferred Tax Provision:
         Federal-
           Loss carryforwards                     44,290         8,220
           Change in valuation allowance         (44,290)       (8,220)
                                              ----------    ----------

              Total deferred tax provision    $     --      $     --
                                              ==========    ==========

                                      F-50


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

The Company had  deferred  income tax assets as of June 30, 2004,  and 2003,  as
follows:

           Loss carryforwards                 $  134,600    $   90,300
           Less - Valuation allowance           (134,600)      (90,300)
                                              ----------    ----------

              Total net deferred tax assets   $     --      $     --
                                              ==========    ==========

As of June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company had net operating loss carry forwards
for income tax  reporting  purposes of  approximately  $396,000,  and  $265,600,
respectively,  that  may be  offset  against  future  taxable  income.  The  net
operating loss  carryforwards  expire in various years through 2024. Current tax
laws limit the amount of loss  available  to be offset  against  future  taxable
income when a substantial  change in ownership  occurs or a change in the nature
of the business. Therefore, the amount available to offset future taxable income
may be limited. No tax benefit has been reported in the financial statements for
the  realization  of loss  carryforwards  as the Company  believes there is high
probability  that the  carryforwards  will not be  utilized  in the  foreseeable
future.  Accordingly,  the potential tax benefits of the loss carry forwards are
offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.

(6)      Related Party Transactions

Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. is an Australian  private entity and majority
shareholder of the Company. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company.  As of June 30, 2004,  and 2003,  the
Company owed  $88,261,  and $132,075 to this entity,  respectively.  The amounts
owed are for working capital,  are non-interest  bearing,  and have no terms for
repayment.

Kamaneal  Investments Pty Ltd. is an Australian private company owned by Mark A.
Poulsen,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company,  and Karen
Poulsen,  his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold  investments  for Mr.
and Mrs. Poulsen.  As of June 30, 2004,  Kamaneal  Investments Pty Ltd. owed the
Company the amount of $26,880. As of June 30, 2003, the Company owed this entity
the  amount of $3,943.  The  amounts  due from or due to are  related to general
working  capital  purposes,  are  non-interest  bearing,  and have no terms  for
repayment.

As of June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company owed $337 and $326,  respectively  to
Mark A. and Karen  Poulsen for expenses  incurred on behalf of the Company.  Mr.
Poulsen is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The amounts
owed are for working capital  purposes,  are non-interest  bearing,  and have no
terms for repayment.

Donald Howell Wilde, a Note holder of the Company,  is the uncle of Linda Wilde,
also a Note  holder of the  Company.  In  addition,  Mr.  Wilde is the father of
Laraine  Richardson,  a principal in the Company of L.R.  Global  Marketing Pty.
Ltd.,  which entity entered into a License  Agreement with the Company on August
24, 2004 (see Note 8). Mr.  Wilde also  assisted  the  Company  with the private
placement of the Notes by marketing the placement, and being responsible for the
subscription  agreements  of several Note  holders.  Mr.  Wilde's  services were
valued at $10,000, and were accrued in the accompany balance sheet subsequent to
of June 30, 2004.

                                      F-51


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

As  described  in  Notes 3 and 9,  subsequent  to June  30,  2004,  the  Company
completed a private  placement of Notes to thirty  individuals and entities with
proceeds  amounting to $365,000.  Of the thirty  individuals  and entities  that
subscribed  to the  private  placement  offering  of Notes,  twelve  parties are
considered both account  executives (part of the independent  marketing group of
the Company) and independent Herbalife distributors,  and six of the parties are
only independent Herbalife  distributors.  Mark A. Poulsen,  President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, is also an independent Herbalife distributor.

From the  common  stock  issued  to Mr.  Mark A.  Poulsen,  President  and Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company,  under the Exchange  Agreement,  L.R.  Global
received  500,000  shares of common stock (see Note 8). Mr.  Poulsen also issued
shares of common stock that he received  from the Exchange  Agreement to satisfy
the  liabilities  of the  Company  assumed by FFB  International  related to the
compensation of six individuals (see Note 8). FFB  International  recognized the
satisfaction of such liabilities by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

The Company also owes Mr. Wayne Hoskins,  a former director of the Company,  the
amount of $7,505 as of June 30, 2004.  Mr.  Hoskins has agreed to accept  15,000
shares  of  common  stock  of FFB  International  as full  satisfaction  of this
obligation.

(7)      Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB  Interpretation  No. 46  Consolidation  of
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ("FIN 46"). The FASB
issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003,  which modified and clarified  various
aspects of the original  interpretations.  A Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") is
created when (i) the equity  investment at risk is not  sufficient to permit the
entity to finance  its  activities  without  additional  subordinated  financial
support  from other  parties or (ii)  equity  holders  either (a) lack direct or
indirect  ability to make decisions  about the entity,  (b) are not obligated to
absorb  expected  losses of the  entity or (c) do not have the right to  receive
expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity is deemed to
be a VIE,  pursuant  to FIN 46, an  enterprise  that  absorbs a majority  of the
expected  losses  of the VIE is  considered  the  primary  beneficiary  and must
consolidate  the VIE. For VIE's  created  before  January 31,  2003,  FIN 46 was
deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15,
2004.  The  adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material  impact on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

                                      F-52


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

In May 2003,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
150, Accounting for Certain Financial  Instruments With  Characteristics of Both
Liabilities and Equity, ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to classify
as liabilities the following three types of freestanding  financial instruments:
(1) mandatory  redeemable financial  instruments,  (2) obligations to repurchase
the issuer's equity shares by transferring  assets; and (3) certain  obligations
to issue a variable number of shares.  The Company adopted SFAS 150 in May 2004.
The  adoption  of SFAS  150 did not  have a  material  impact  on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting  Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"),
Revenue Recognition,  which supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements.  SAB 104's  primary  purpose is to rescind the  accounting  guidance
contained  in  SAB  101  related  to  multiple  element  revenue   arrangements,
superseded  as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21.  The Company  adopted the
provisions  of SAB 104, and it did not have a material  impact on the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

(8)      Commitments and Contingencies

On August 24, 2004, the Company entered into a non-assignable  license agreement
(the "License  Agreement) with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R.  Global").
Pursuant to the License  Agreement,  L.R. Global has the right,  for a period of
ten years,  to use of the  Company  logo,  the  Company  management  information
system,  and other Company material.  L.R. Global will assist in identifying new
clients for the Company,  and recruiting  account executive and customer service
representatives.  Under the terms of the  License  Agreement,  L.R.  Global  was
obligated to pay the Company  $500,000 on or before  December 31, 2004,  for the
grant of the license.  As of December 31, 2004,  L.R.  Global had paid  $117,750
toward the fee for the license.  As such,  L.R.  Global was in default under the
License Agreement. On January 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into
an extension agreement whereby the terms of the License Agreement for payment of
the remaining amount of the $500,000 license fee were extended to May 31, 2005.

As of June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company  recognized as  compensation  expense
the ongoing  contribution  of time and effort of six  individuals,  two of which
serve as officers of the Company.  Such individuals have provided their time and
effort  without formal  compensation  in certain  instances  since 1998. For the
years ended June 30, 2004, and 2003, the Company recorded  compensation  expense
amounting  to $40,370,  and  $40,259,  respectively.  As of June 30,  2004,  the
liability for employee compensation amounted to $196,616.  Through September 14,
2004, the total obligation for employee compensation amounted to $220,000.  This
obligation  was  satisfied by the issuance of 440,000  shares of common stock of
FFB  International  from the  shares  personally  held by Mr.  Mark A.  Poulsen,
President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  at a value of $.50 per
share.  FFB  International  credited  paid-in  capital  for  the  value  of  the
compensation satisfied.

                                      F-53


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

The  following  transactions  were dated  November  29,  2004,  or as  otherwise
indicated:

The Company  entered into an  employment  agreement  with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen to
serve as the Company's  and FFB  International's  President and Chief  Executive
Officer.  Under the terms of the  agreement,  Mr. Poulsen will be compensated at
the annual rate of  approximately  $97,000  for  services  to the  Company,  and
approximate  $192,000 for services to FFB International.  He will also be paid 5
percent  of the  value of each  country  or  geographic-area  license  sold.  In
addition,  on  December 1, 2004,  the Board of  Directors  of FFB  International
awarded a bonus of  approximately  $388,250 to be paid to Mr.  Poulsen within 30
days  after  the  listing  of  the  common  stock  of FFB  International  on the
over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD.

On November 29, 2004,  the Company  entered into an  employment  agreement  with
Prins A. Ralston to serve as the Company's and FFB  International's  Senior Vice
President and Chief  Operating  Officer.  Under the terms of the agreement,  Mr.
Ralston will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately  $131,000,  plus
benefits and bonus. In addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted options to purchase
30,000 shares of common stock of FFB  International  under an option plan,  when
and if  established.  The Company will also be obligated to pay a recruiting fee
for the  placement  of Mr.  Ralston to Hudson  Global  Resources,  an  executive
personnel placement firm, amounting to approximately $21,100.

The Company  entered into an employment  agreement  with Mr.  Anthony F. Head to
serve as the Company's and FFB  International's  Senior Vice President of Sales.
Mr. Head is also a Director of the  Company.  Under the terms of the  agreement,
Mr. Head will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately  $77,000,  plus
benefits  and bonus.  Mr.  Head will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each
country or geographic-area license sold.

The Company entered into an employment  agreement with Ms. Sandra Wendt to serve
as the  Company's and FFB  International's  Vice  President and Chief  Financial
Officer. Under the terms of the agreement,  Ms. Wendt will be compensated at the
annual rate of approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus.

(9)      Subsequent Events

As described in Note 4, on September 14, 2004, the Company completed an Exchange
Agreement whereby FFB  International  acquired all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000  shares of
its common stock and 1,000,000 shares of its preferred stock. Both the common


                                      F-54


                    FIT FOR BUSINESS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2004 and 2003

stock and preferred stock of FFB  International  have a par value of $.001.  The
business combination was valued at $16,000, or par value of the shares issued by
FFB International. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each
share is entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the  stockholders.
As a result of the Exchange Agreement, FFB Australia controls FFB International,
and has been deemed to have effected a reverse  merger for  financial  reporting
purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement.

Subsequent  to June 30, 2004,  the Company  continued  the private  placement of
Notes and received proceeds of $180,000. The total amount of proceeds raise from
the private  placement of Notes amounted to $365,000,  with a value of 87 units,
convertible into 870,000 shares of common stock, as described above.  Subsequent
to the  completion  of the Exchange  Agreement on  September  14, 2004,  and the
assumption  of the  debt  pertaining  to the  Notes  by  FFB  International,  on
September 20, 2004, FFB International issued 420,000 shares of common stock with
a value of $.33 per  share  to  convert  42  units  owned  by Note  holders.  In
addition,  on September 29, 2004,  FFB  International  issued  450,000 shares of
common  stock with a value of $.50 per share to convert the  remaining  45 units
owned by Note  holders,  and thus,  completed  the  conversion  of all Notes and
related  accrued  interest to common stock.  The value of the Notes converted in
excess of the par value of the common stock issued was  considered as additional
paid-in capital by FFB International.


                                      F-55



                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                        3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
     RESALE OF 2,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE IN CONNECTION WITH
                      THE CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                 1,784,000 SELLING SECURITY HOLDER COMMON SHARES

                                   PROSPECTUS

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE  INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  DOCUMENT OR THAT WE
HAVE  REFERRED  YOU TO.  WE HAVE  NOT  AUTHORIZED  ANYONE  TO  PROVIDE  YOU WITH
INFORMATION  THAT IS DIFFERENT.  THIS  PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL COMMON
STOCK AND IS NOT  SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK IN ANY STATE WHERE THE
OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.


                PART II -- INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our Certificate of Incorporation  and By-laws provide that we shall indemnify to
the fullest  extent  permitted  by Nevada law any person  whom we may  indemnify
thereunder,  including  our  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents.  Such
indemnification (other than as ordered by a court) shall be made by us only upon
a determination that indemnification is proper in the circumstances  because the
individual  met the  applicable  standard of conduct i.e.,  such person acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our
best  interest.  Advances  for such  indemnification  may be made  pending  such
determination.  Such determination  shall be made by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of disinterested directors, or by independent legal counsel or by the
stockholders.  In addition,  our Certificate of  Incorporation  provides for the
elimination,  to the extent  permitted by Nevada,  of personal  liability of our
directors and our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as directors.

We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain  officers  against
certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities Act of 1933.
Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities Act of
1933  may be  permitted  to our  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons
pursuant to the provisions  described above, or otherwise,  we have been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933  and  is,  therefore,   unenforceable.  In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other than our payment of expenses
incurred  or  paid  by  our  director,  officer  or  controlling  person  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  we will,  unless in the  opinion of our counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities  Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.

Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following  table sets forth the expenses in connection with the issuance and
distribution of the securities being registered  hereby.  All such expenses will
be borne by the registrant; none shall be borne by any selling stockholders.

                Securities and Exchange
                Commission registration fee              $   1,200
                Legal fees and expenses (1)                 50,000
                Accounting fees and expenses (1)            25,000
                Blue Sky Fees(1)                            12,500
                Miscellaneous Administrative Costs (1)       3,800
                Printing Costs (1)                           7,500
                                                         ---------
                Total(1)                                 $ 100,000
                                                         =========

     (1) Estimated.


                                       69


Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.


On September  14, 2004, we issued  15,000,000  shares of our  restricted  common
stock and 1,000,000  shares of our preferred  stock to Mark Poulsen & Associates
Pty  Ltd.  in  accordance  with an  Exchange  Agreement  with  Fit For  Business
(Australia) Pty Limited (our "Subsidiary") whereby we acquired all of the issued
and  outstanding  capital stock of the Subsidiary (81 shares).  The issuance was
valued at $16,000.  Our shares were  issued in  reliance on the  exemption  from
registration  provided  by  Section  4(2)  of the  Securities  Act of  1933.  No
commissions  were paid for the  issuance of such shares.  The above  issuance of
shares of our common stock  qualified  for  exemption  under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did not involve a
public offering. Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. was a sophisticated investor
and had access to information  normally  provided in a prospectus  regarding us.
The offering  was not a "public  offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the
insubstantial  number of persons  involved  in the deal,  size of the  offering,
manner of the offering  and number of shares  offered.  We did not  undertake an
offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors.
In addition,  Mark Poulsen & Associates  Pty Ltd. had the  necessary  investment
intent as  required  by Section  4(2)  since she agreed to and  received a share
certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to
Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares
would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part
of a "public  offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors,  we have met
the  requirements  to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933 for the above transaction.


On September 14, 2004 we issued 440,000 shares of our restricted common stock to
Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for accrued employee compensation. The issuance
was valued at $.50 per share or $220,000.  Our shares were issued in reliance on
the exemption from  registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933.  No  commissions  were paid for the issuance of such shares.  The above
issuance of shares of our common stock  qualified  for  exemption  under Section
4(2) of the  Securities  Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did
not involve a public offering.  Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had
access to  information  normally  provided  in a  prospectus  regarding  us. The
offering  was not a "public  offering"  as defined  in  Section  4(2) due to the
insubstantial  number of persons  involved  in the deal,  size of the  offering,
manner of the offering  and number of shares  offered.  We did not  undertake an
offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors.
In addition,  Mr.  Poulsen had the  necessary  investment  intent as required by
Section  4(2) since she agreed to and  received  a share  certificate  bearing a
legend stating that such shares are restricted  pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933
Securities  Act.  These  restrictions  ensure  that  these  shares  would not be
immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public
offering."  Based  on an  analysis  of  the  above  factors,  we  have  met  the
requirements  to qualify for exemption  under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933 for the above transaction.

On September 14, 2004 we issued 15,000 shares of our restricted  common stock to
Mark A. Poulsen in consideration  for a loan of $7,500 made by Mr. Poulsen.  The
issuance  was valued at $.50 per share or  $7,500.  Our  shares  were  issued in
reliance on the  exemption  from  registration  provided by Section  4(2) of the
Securities  Act of 1933.  No  commissions  were  paid for the  issuance  of such
shares. The above issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption
under  Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act of 1933 since the  issuance of such
shares by us did not involve a public offering.  Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated
investor  and had  access  to  information  normally  provided  in a  prospectus
regarding  us. The  offering  was not a "public  offering" as defined in Section
4(2) due to the  insubstantial  number of persons  involved in the deal, size of
the offering,  manner of the offering and number of shares  offered.  We did not
undertake  an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number
of investors.  In addition,  Mr. Poulsen had the necessary  investment intent as
required by Section  4(2) since she agreed to and  received a share  certificate
bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of
the 1933 Securities Act. These  restrictions  ensure that these shares would not
be  immediately  redistributed  into the market and  therefore  not be part of a
"public  offering."  Based on an analysis of the above factors,  we have met the
requirements  to qualify for exemption  under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933 for the above transaction.

                                       70


On September 14, 2004, we issued 40,000 shares of our restricted common stock to
Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for accrued consulting  services.  The issuance
was valued at $.50 per share or  $20,000.  Our shares were issued in reliance on
the exemption from  registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933.  No  commissions  were paid for the issuance of such shares.  The above
issuance of shares of our common stock  qualified  for  exemption  under Section
4(2) of the  Securities  Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did
not involve a public offering.  Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had
access to  information  normally  provided  in a  prospectus  regarding  us. The
offering  was not a "public  offering"  as defined  in  Section  4(2) due to the
insubstantial  number of persons  involved  in the deal,  size of the  offering,
manner of the offering  and number of shares  offered.  We did not  undertake an
offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors.
In addition,  Mr.  Poulsen had the  necessary  investment  intent as required by
Section  4(2) since she agreed to and  received  a share  certificate  bearing a
legend stating that such shares are restricted  pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933
Securities  Act.  These  restrictions  ensure  that  these  shares  would not be
immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public
offering."  Based  on an  analysis  of  the  above  factors,  we  have  met  the
requirements  to qualify for exemption  under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933 for the above transaction.

On  September  20,  2004,  we  issued  shares  of our  common  stock  based on a
conversion  of our  promissory  notes.  Specifically,  we  converted  units into
420,000  shares of our common  stock.  The  transaction  was valued at $0.33 per
share of common  stock for a total of  $140,000.  The shares  were issued to the
following:

Investor                              Shares     Consideration   Per Share Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for
KL Notaras Family Trust                75,000        $25,000          $0.33
Mushroom Systems International
Pty Ltd.                               15,000        $ 5,000          $0.33
Jaroulin Pty Ltd.                      30,000        $10,000          $0.33
Dean Harrison Family Trust             30,000        $10,000          $0.33
Leigh Troy                             30,000        $10,000          $0.33
Kendal Robinson                        15,000        $ 5,000          $0.33
Mark Hoey                             120,000        $40,000          $0.33
GL Ray Enterprises                     15,000        $ 5,000          $0.33
Roan Lee                               30,000        $10,000          $0.33
The Credence Superannuation Fund       60,000        $20,000          $0.33

On  September  29,  2004,  we  issued  shares  of our  common  stock  based on a
conversion  of our  promissory  notes.  Specifically,  we  converted  units into
450,000  shares of our common  stock.  The  transaction  was valued at $0.50 per
share of common  stock for a total of  $225,000.  The shares  were issued to the
following:

                                                                       Per Share
Investor                         Shares    Consideration       Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Vexa Superannuation Fund          20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for
KL Notaras Family Trust           20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Maria Corry                       20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Boyana & Dragan Aralica           10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Heather Kraus                     10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Wibcara Pty Ltd. Trustee for
Kraus Superannuation Fund         10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Clifford Henkel                   20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Helen Hughes                      40,000      $20,000          $0.50
Robert E. and Valda J. Bradley    20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Donald Howell Wild                10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Maxwell Spackman                  10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Benjamin David Spackman           20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Lily Lee Lee Lee                  20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Roslina Binte Mohamed Sa'ad       20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Zainon Binte Ismail               10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
James and Joan Stewart as
Trustees of the R Stewart
Pty Ltd Superannuation Fund       40,000      $20,000          $0.50
Ann Maree Wood                    10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Walter Puawai McDermott           20,000      $10,000          $0.50
Linda Wild                        70,000      $35,000          $0.50
Denise Linsley-Hayles             10,000      $ 5,000          $0.50
Wayne Jobson                      40,000      $20,000          $0.50


                                       71



Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from  registration  provided
by Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act of 1933. The offerings were not a "public
offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial  number of persons
involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of
shares offered.  We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number
of shares to a high  number of  investors.  In  addition,  the  above-referenced
parties had the  necessary  investment  intent as required by Section 4(2) since
they agreed to and received a share  certificate  bearing a legend  stating that
such shares are restricted  pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. The
purchasers were sophisticated  investors and had access to information  normally
provided in a prospectus regarding us.


These   restrictions   ensure  that  these  shares  would  not  be   immediately
redistributed  into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering."
Based on an  analysis  of the above  factors,  we have met the  requirements  to
qualify for exemption  under Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act of 1933 for the
above transaction.

Item 27. Exhibits.

3.1.   Certificate of Incorporation (1)

3.1(a) Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation (2)

3.2    Bylaws (3)

5.1    Opinion and Consent of Anslow & Jaclin, LLP

10.1   Exchange  Agreement  dated  September  5th,  2004  between us and Fit For
       Business (Australia) Pty Limited (1)

10.2   Stock  Option  Agreement  dated July 25, 2004  between us and Fort Street
       Equity, Inc. (subscription agreement) (1)

10.3   License  Agreement  with L.R.  Global  Marketing  Pty Ltd. and  Extension
       Agreement

10.4   Employment Agreement - Mark Poulsen (1)

10.5   Employment Agreement - Anthony Head (1)

10.6   Employment Agreement - Prins Ralston (1)

10.7   Employment Agreement - Sandra Wendt (1)

10.8   Agreement with Insource Pty Ltd. (1)


10.9   Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity

21.1   Subsidiaries (1)

23.1   Consent of Davis Accounting Group, P.C., independent auditors.

24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement)

99.1   Conflict of Interest Policy

99.2   Letter Evidencing Non-Association between Fit For  Business International
       and Fit For Business Family Trust

(1) Originally submitted with Form SB-2 registration  statement on March 7, 2005
(SEC File No. 333-123176).

(2) submitted with Amendment No. 1 to Form SB-2 registration statement on May 4,
2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176).

(3) Our updated By-Laws have been filed with this document.

                                       72


Item 28. Undertakings.

(A) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file,  during  any  period in which  offers or sales  are being  made,  a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

(i) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of
1933;

(ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  which,  individually  or
together,  represent a fundamental  change in the  information  set forth in the
registration statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease
in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered
would not exceed that which was  registered)  any deviation from the low or high
end of the  estimated  maximum  offering  range may be  reflected in the form of
prospectus  filed  with  the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  if,  in the
aggregate,  the changes in volume and price  represent no more than a 20% change
in the  maximum  aggregate  offering  price  set  forth in the  "Calculation  of
Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)Include  any material  information with respect to the plan of distribution
not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to
such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act
of  1933,  each  such  post-effective  amendment  shall  be  deemed  to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering  therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from  registration by means of a  post-effective  amendment any of
the securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

(B) Undertaking Required by Regulation S-B, Item 512(e).

Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers or controlling persons pursuant to
the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification  is
against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of 1933  and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  the Registrant will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel that the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public  policy as expressed in the  Securities  Act of 1933 and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                       73


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has
duly  caused  this  registration  statement  to be signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the City of  Milton,  Country  of
Australia, on the 29th day of July, 2005.


FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

BY:  /s/ Mark A. Poulsen
   --------------------------------------
   Mark A. Poulsen
   Chief Executive Officer, President and
   Chairman of the Board of Directors


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned  directors and officers of Fit For Business  International  Inc.
hereby  constitute  and appoint Mark A. Poulsen,  with full power to act without
others and with full power of  substitution  and  re-substitution,  our true and
lawful  attorneys-in-fact  with full  power to execute in our name and behalf in
the capacities indicated below any and all amendments (including  post-effective
amendments  and amendments  thereto) to this  registration  statement  under the
Securities Act of 1933 and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection  therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and hereby  ratify and confirm each and every act and thing that such  attorney-
in-fact,  or his  substitutes,  shall  lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.

Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,  this  registration
statement has been signed by the following  persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.

- --------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
   SIGNATURE                           TITLE                       DATE
- --------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Mark A. Poulsen          Chief Executive Officer,          July 29, 2005
- -----------------------       President and Chairman of
Mark A. Poulsen               the Board of Directors

- --------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Sandra Wendt             Senior Vice President of          July 29, 2005
- -----------------------       Administration, Chief
Sandra Wendt                  Financial Officer and
                              Principal Accounting Officer
- --------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Prins Ralston            Senior Vice President and         July 29, 2005
- -----------------------       Chief Operating Officer
Prins Ralston

- --------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Anthony F. Head          Senior Vice President of          July 29, 2005
- -----------------------       Sales and Director
Anthony F. Head

- --------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------


                                       74